Grove Crane Manitowoc GMK3060L Lattice Extension Operating Manual 3302997 - PDF DOWNLOAD

Lattice extension operating manual

3 302 997 en 30.01.2020

Important note Any type of duplication or excerpt from this document, even in electronic form, is not subject to the revision service of Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.

© Copyright reserved by

Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

Industriegelände West D-26389 Wilhelmshaven, Germany 30.01.2020

Phone: [+49] (0)44 21 294-0 Fax: +[49] (0) 44 21 294-301 The distribution or duplication of this document as well as the utilisation and disclosure of its contents are prohibited unless expressly permitted. Infringement will incur liability for compensation. All rights pertaining to registration of patent or utility model are reserved. The original language of this document is German.

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

The operating manual consists of the following chapters: 1 Overview 2 Basic safety instructions 3 Operating elements 4 Rigging work on the main boom 5 Swing-away lattice 6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 9 Turning loads over 10 Driving with a rigged crane

30.01.2020

11 Index

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

1 Overview

1.1

Validity of this operating manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -

1

1.2

Lattice extension described . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -

2

1.3

Terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -

3

1.3.1 1.3.2

Lattice extension parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -

3 4

30.01.2020

1

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

2 Basic safety instructions

2.1

Other applicable documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -

1

2.2

Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -

2

30.01.2020

2

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 Operating elements

3.1

On the derricking swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -

1

3.2

In the crane cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -

2

3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 At the right-hand control console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 On the CCS control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -

2 3 3

3.3

Other operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -

5

3.3.1

On the carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -

5

30.01.2020

3

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

4 Rigging work on the main boom

4.1

Hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -

1

4.1.1 4.1.2

Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -

1 2

4.2

Rigging work on the hose drum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -

3

4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3

Installing/removing the hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Inserting/releasing the locking device on the hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Positions of the hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -

3 7 8

30.01.2020

4

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

5 5

Swing-away lattice

5.1

Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -

1

5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3

Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -

1 2 3

5.2

Transport conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -

5

5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5 Transport conditions – Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7 Transport conditions – Folded – Swing-away lattice 15.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9 Transport condition – Folded – Swing-away lattice 8.7 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13 Transport condition – Folded – Section 1 only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15 Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16 Transport condition – Removed – Main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18

5.3

Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19

5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5 5.3.6 5.3.7 5.3.8 5.3.9 5.3.10 5.3.11 5.3.12

Symbols and their representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20 CHECKLIST: Installation – in working position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 21 CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25 CHECKLIST: Removal – from working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30 CHECKLIST: Removal – from transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 34 CHECKLIST: Rigging in working position – 8.7 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 36 CHECKLIST: Rigging in working position – 15.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40 CHECKLIST: After rigging in the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45 CHECKLIST: Before rigging in the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 47 CHECKLIST: Rigging in transport position – 8.7 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49 CHECKLIST: Rigging in transport position – 15.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 53

5.4

Rigging work – General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57

5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3

Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57 Securing the swing-away lattice with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 59 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60

5.5

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 61

5.5.1 5.5.2 5.5.3 5.5.4 5.5.5 5.5.6 5.5.7 5.5.8 5.5.9 5.5.10

Preparing the truck crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 61 Overview of the rigging ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62 Range 1 – Folded – Slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 63 Range 1 – Folded down – Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64 Range 1 – Installing/removing – Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65 Range 1 – Unrigging – Slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 66 Range 1 – Installation – Slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 67 Range 2 – Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 68 Range 3 – Folded – Main boom / section 1 or section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69 Range 3 – Folded down – Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 70

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

Range 3 – Installing/removing – Main boom / section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Range 4 – Main boom / section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Range 4 – Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Range 5 – Folded – Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Range 5 – Folded down – Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Range 5 – Installing / removing – Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 - 71 5 - 72 5 - 73 5 - 74 5 - 75 5 - 76

5.6

Relieving the connecting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79

5.6.1 5.6.2 5.6.3

Derricking swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79 Inclinable swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79 Inclinable swing-away lattice – with rigging aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80

5.7

Rigging work – Swinging operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 81

5.7.1 5.7.2

Swinging the swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 81 Slewing section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 83

5.8

Rigging work – Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85

5.9

Rigging work – Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87

5.9.1 5.9.2 5.9.3

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87 Main boom / section 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88 Section 1 – section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90

5.10

Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93

5.10.1 5.10.2 5.10.3 5.10.4 5.10.5

Fitting / removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Possible reeving methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing/removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 - 93 5 - 95 5 - 96 5 - 98 5 - 100

5.11

Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 103

5.11.1 5.11.2

With the hand-held control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 103 With the control unit on section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 104

5.12

Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 105

5.12.1 5.12.2

With auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 105 Without auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 106

5.13

Operation with swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 113

5.13.1 5.13.2 5.13.3 5.13.4 5.13.5 5.13.6 5.13.7

Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescoping with a rigged swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derricking the swing-away lattice during operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Information about main boom operation when the swing-away lattice is installed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instructions for turning loads over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 302 997 en

5 - 113 5 - 115 5 - 115 5 - 116 5 - 118 5 - 119 5 - 120

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

5.5.11 5.5.12 5.5.13 5.5.14 5.5.15 5.5.16

5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121

5.14.1 5.14.2 5.14.3 5.14.4 5.14.5 5.14.6 5.14.7 5.14.8

Maintenance plan W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121 Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121 Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121 Maintenance plan M 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121 Greasing the piston rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 122 Lubricating the pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 123 Checking the sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124 Lubricating joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 125

5.15

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126

5.15.1

Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126

30.01.2020

5.14

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

6 6

Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m

6.1

Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -

1

6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3

Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -

1 1 2

6.2

Transport conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -

3

6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3

Transport conditions – Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Transport condition – Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Transport condition – Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -

3 5 6

6.3

Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -

7

6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.3.5 6.3.6 6.3.7 6.3.8

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7 CHECKLIST: Installation – in working position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9 CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13 CHECKLIST: Removal – from working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15 CHECKLIST: Removal – from transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19 CHECKLIST: Rigging – in working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21 CHECKLIST: Rigging – in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 25

6.4

Rigging work – General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 29

6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3

Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 29 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30 Preparing the truck crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31

6.5

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33

6.5.1 6.5.2

Installing/removing – Working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33 Installing/removing – Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35

6.6

Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension . . . . 6 - 37

6.6.1 6.6.2

From transport position to working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37 From the working position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 40

6.7

Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43

6.7.1 6.7.2 6.7.3 6.7.4 6.7.5 6.7.6

Fitting / removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43 Possible reeving methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 44 Folding the rope attachment point out/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 45 Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 46 Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 48 Installing/removing the camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 49

6.8

Inclining the heavy load lattice extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 51

6.9

Operation with heavy load lattice extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 55

6.9.1 6.9.2

Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 55 Derricking the main boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 57

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6.9.3 6.9.4 6.9.5 6.9.6 6.10 6.10.1 6.10.2 6.10.3 6.10.4

Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instructions for turning loads over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 - 57 6 - 58 6 - 59 6 - 60

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 61 Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubricating the pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 - 61 6 - 61 6 - 62 6 - 63

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 65

6.11.1

Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 65

30.01.2020

6.11

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

7 7

Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m

7.1

Possible operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -

1

7.2

Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -

3

7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3

Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -

3 3 5

7.3

Transport conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -

7

7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3

Transport conditions – Notes on checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7 Transport condition – Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9 Transport condition – Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10

7.4

Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11

7.4.1 7.4.2 7.4.3 7.4.4 7.4.5 7.4.6 7.4.7 7.4.8

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11 CHECKLIST: Installation – in operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 12 CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 17 CHECKLIST: Removal – From the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 19 CHECKLIST: Removal – From transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 23 CHECKLIST: Rigging – In operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 25 CHECKLIST: Rigging – in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 29

7.5

Rigging work – General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 33

7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3

Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 33 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 34 Preparing the truck crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35

7.6

Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 37

7.6.1 7.6.2

Installing/removing the air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 37 Installing/removing the shackle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 39

7.7

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 41

7.7.1 7.7.2

Installing/removing – Operating position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 41 Installing/removing – Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 43

7.8

Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension . . . . 7 - 45

7.8.1 7.8.2

From transport position to operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 45 From the operating position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 48

7.9

Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 51

7.9.1 7.9.2 7.9.3 7.9.4 7.9.5 7.9.6

Fitting / removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 51 Notes on reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 52 Possible reeving methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 52 Folding the rope attachment point out/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 54 Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 55 Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 57

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7.9.7 7.9.8

Installing/removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 58 Folding the shackle in/out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 60

7.10

Inclining the heavy load lattice extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61

7.11

Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65

7.11.6 7.12 7.12.1 7.12.2 7.12.3 7.12.4 7.13 7.13.1 7.13.2 7.13.3 7.13.4 7.13.5 7.13.6

Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instructions for turning loads over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 - 65 7 - 67 7 - 67 7 - 68 7 - 69 7 - 70

Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other applicable sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 - 71 7 - 73 7 - 75 7 - 76

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77 M 1 maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M 3 maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M 12 maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubricating the pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lubricate the shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 - 77 7 - 77 7 - 77 7 - 78 7 - 79 7 - 80

30.01.2020

7.11.1 7.11.2 7.11.3 7.11.4 7.11.5

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 8

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.1

Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

1

8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.3

Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

1 1 2

8.2

Transport conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

3

8.2.1 8.2.2 8.2.3

Transport conditions – Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Transport condition – Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Transport condition – Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

3 5 6

8.3

Rigging work – General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

7

8.3.1 8.3.2

Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Securing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

7 8

8.4

Rigging work – Installing/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -

9

8.4.1 8.4.2 8.5

In working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9 In transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12 Rigging work – Changing the position of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15 From transport position to working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15 From the working position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16

8.6

Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17

8.6.1 8.6.2 8.6.3 8.6.4 8.6.5

Fitting / removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17 Possible reeving methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18 Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 19 Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21 Installing/removing the camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21

8.7

Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23

8.7.1 8.7.2 8.7.3

Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23 Checking the wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 25 Instructions for turning loads over. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26

8.8

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27

8.8.1 8.8.2 8.8.3 8.8.4

Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27 Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27 Lubricating the pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 28 Checking the sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 29

30.01.2020

8.5.1 8.5.2

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

9 Turning loads over

9.1

Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -

2

9.2

Turning a load over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -

3

30.01.2020

9

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 10

Driving with a rigged crane

10.1

Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 -

1

10.2

Driving distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 -

3

10.3

Permissible rigging modes and axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 -

4

Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10

10.4

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11

10.5

While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11

10.6

After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11

30.01.2020

10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3 10.3.4

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

11 Index

30.01.2020

11

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

30.01.2020

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

1 Overview 1.1 Validity of this operating manual

1

Overview

1.1

Validity of this operating manual

Validity of this operating manual

Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.

Prerequisites for installation and operation

The lattice extensions described in this operating manual may only be operated together with a GROVE truck crane GMK3060L whose serial number is identical with the serial number marked on the lattice extensions.

References to other operating manuals

Cross references to other operating or maintenance manuals are shown, for Operating manual GMK3060L. instance, in the following form:

This operating manual applies only to lattice extensions supplied by

à

• The subject that is referenced can be found in the index or table of contents of

30.01.2020

the document to which reference is made.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

1-1

1 Overview 1.2 Lattice extension described

1.2

Lattice extension described

1 Swing-away lattice 1) (section 1 and section 2) 2 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 1) 3 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 1) 4 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1) Additional equipment

30.01.2020

1)

1-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

1 Overview 1.3 Terms used

1.3

Terms used

1.3.1

Lattice extension parts

1 Head sheave 2 Deflection sheave 3 Angle piece 4 Derricking cylinder 5 Shackle Additional equipment

30.01.2020

1)

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

1-3

1 Overview 1.3 Terms used

1.3.2

Additional equipment

Air traffic control light (1)

30.01.2020

H

The devices shown in this section are described in this operating manual, but only available with the corresponding additional equipment.

1-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

2 Basic safety instructions 2.1 Other applicable documents

2

Basic safety instructions The basic safety instructions that are applicable are generally those stated in the operating manual; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

Also observe all safety instructions and warnings on the truck crane!

H 2.1

Information regarding the warnings and symbols used; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

Other applicable documents In addition to the information in this operating manual, all the instructions in the following sections of the operating manual provided are also applicable; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– Intended use – Improper use – Organisational measures

30.01.2020

– Qualifications of the personnel on the GMK3060L

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

2-1

2 Basic safety instructions 2.2 Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension

2.2

Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension This chapter contains additional safety instructions only for safe use of the lattice extensions described in this operating manual.

Working at heights

If there is a risk of falling when carry out work on the truck crane, suitable equipment must be used to prevent falling (e.g. ladder, lifting platform, auxiliary crane).

The lattice extensions are provided with clamps for positioning a ladder. Place the ladder between the clamps so that it cannot slip off.

If despite using such equipment the risk of falling cannot be minimised you must protect yourself and any assisting personnel by using fall arrest systems.

The points to which the fall arrest system can be attached on the truck crane are indicated by the symbol shown here.

Slinging

Attach parts only at the designated slinging points. If no slinging points are provided, then observe the centre of gravity specifications.

In this way you prevent the attached parts from slipping off, falling and causing injury during installation or removal.

Locks

Always secure the pins at the connection points and also at the holders using the appropriate locks. This prevents unsecured pins from coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Rigging mode

For crane operation with the lattice extension folded, comply with the rigging mode. That prevents damage to the main boom or lattice extension, and prevents the lattice extension from falling during crane operation.

For on-road driving with the lattice extension, comply with the rigging mode.

This prevents the permissible vehicle width or height from being exceeded.

Lifting loads simultaneously with two cranes is particularly dangerous. Carry out this type of work with special caution.

30.01.2020

Two cranes

2-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 Operating elements 3.1 On the derricking swing-away lattice

3

Operating elements This section describes all the lattice extension operating elements that are not described, or are merely referenced in the operating manual GMK3060L provided.

3.1

On the derricking swing-away lattice Section 2 control unit 1 Raise swing-away lattice 2 Lower swing-away lattice

30.01.2020

The movement is carried out as long as the button is pressed or until a switch-off point is reached.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

3-1

3 Operating elements 3.2 In the crane cab

3.2

In the crane cab

3.2.1

Overview

s

1 On the CCS control unit 2 At the right-hand control console1) Only with a derricking swing-away lattice

30.01.2020

1)

à p. 3 - 3 à p. 3 - 3

3-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 Operating elements 3.2 In the crane cab

3.2.2

At the right-hand control console Lattice extension derricking gear on/off There is a lamp in the button.

– Press once: – Bright lamp – Lattice extension derricking gear on – Dim lamp – Lattice extension derricking gear off

Control lever configuration

3.2.3

– To the left:

– Raise – Lift the lattice extension

– To the right

– Lower – Lower the lattice extension

On the CCS control unit

Menu with independent displays Display lattice extension derricking gear – Green:

Lattice extension derricking gear on

– Red:

Lattice extension derricking gear off

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

3-3

3 Operating elements 3.2 In the crane cab

Enter rigging mode/telescope status menu

For the Standard slewing range type only.

Boom system entry In input mode – Select and confirm the boom system 1 Main boom 2 Lattice extension 3 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope 4 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with shackle

Lattice extension input – Length before the angle In input mode – Select and confirm length.

Input lattice extension – Length after the angle Heavy load lattice extension input – Length In input mode – Select and confirm length.

Lattice extension input – Angle Only for manually inclinable lattice extensions

30.01.2020

In input mode – Select and confirm angle.

3-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 Operating elements 3.3 Other operating elements

3.3

Other operating elements

3.3.1

On the carrier

1 Rigging hook Enables the operation of various operating elements from the ground.

30.01.2020

For transport, the rigging hook is fastened to the clamps (2).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

3-5

3 Operating elements 3.3 Other operating elements

30.01.2020

Blank page

3-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.1 Hose drum

4

Rigging work on the main boom

4.1

Hose drum The hydraulic supply to the derricking lattice extension is provided via a hose drum on the side of the main boom.

4.1.1

Slinging points • Only use lifting gear (2) of sufficient load bearing capacity; p. 4 - 2.

à Dimensions and weights,

30.01.2020

• Attach the hose drum (1) with slings as illustrated.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

4-1

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.1 Hose drum

4.1.2

Risk of damage to the hose drum!

When the hose drum is transported on a separate vehicle, always secure it by strapping it down with suitable belts or by placing it in a transport cradle. This prevents the hose drum from tipping over and becoming damaged during transport.

Length x width x height in m

Weight in kg

1.20 x 1.20 x 0.5

170

30.01.2020

S

Dimensions and weights

4-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2

Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.1

Installing/removing the hose drum For installation and removal, the hoses must be fitted with hydraulic connections (1) that can be separated.

Installing

The hose drum must be installed for operation with the derricking swing-away lattice.

• Attach the hose drum (1) with slings;

à Slinging points, p. 4 - 1.

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the clamp (5).

• (B) – Lift the hose drum (1) into the clamp (4).

• Fasten the hose drum (1) to the clamp (3) using the pin (2).

• Secure the pin.

• Remove the lifting gear.

• Connect the hoses (2) to the connections (1).

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

4-3

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

• Fasten the guide rope to the hoses (2).

3

• Lay the guide rope above the cable drum (4), up to the clamp (1).

• Pull the guide rope taut slightly – to relieve the locking device (3).

• Fasten the guide rope in the proximity of the clamp (1).

• Release the locking device (3); à p. 4 - 7.

4

G

Risk of accidents from hoses springing back!

When pulling the hoses, do not release the guide rope under any circumstances until the hoses have been attached. Otherwise the hoses will retract in an uncontrolled manner and can injure persons or damage parts of the truck crane.

• Pull the hoses (2) with the guide rope to the front carefully – taking care not to damage any add-on parts.

• Attach the hoses (2) to the clamp (1).

• Remove the guide rope.

• (A) – Remove the linchpin (4) and open the clamp (3).

• (B) – Place the hoses (2) between the guide sheaves.

• Close the clamp (3) and secure it with the

30.01.2020

linchpin.

4-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Removing

Depending on the driving mode it may be necessary to remove the hose drum before driving on the road; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

• (A) – Remove the linchpin (4) and open the clamp (3).

• Fasten the guide rope to the hoses (2).

• Hold the hoses firmly with the guide rope and remove them from the clamp (1).

• (B) – Allow the pulling force to be applied so that the hoses are slowly fed back into the hose drum.

• (A) – Fasten the guide rope in the proximity of the clamp (1).

• Insert the locking device (2); à p. 4 - 7.

• Remove the guide rope.

• Close the clamp (1) and secure it with the linchpin.

• Remove the hoses (2) from the connections (1).

s

30.01.2020

• Seal the connections (1) with the caps.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

4-5

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

• Attach the hose drum (1) with slings;

à Slinging points, p. 4 - 1.

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the clamp (3).

• Lift the hose drum (1) out of the clamp (4).

• (B) – Insert the pin (2) into the clamp (5).

• Secure the pin.

• Stow the hose drum (1) away safely for

30.01.2020

transport.

4-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.2

Inserting/releasing the locking device on the hose drum The locking device must be released for operation with a swing-away lattice.

The locking device must be inserted before removing the hose drum.

S G

Risk of damage to the hoses!

Always check that the locking device is released before starting operation with the swing-away lattice.

In this way you can prevent the hoses from being torn off when telescoping.

Risk of accidents from uncontrolled rotation of the hose drum!

The locking device must always be inserted before the hose drum is removed.

Otherwise the hose drum will rotate in an uncontrolled manner against the holder and could injure you.

Bores (1) are distributed on the inner face of the hose drum.

A – Releasing the locking device

• Turn the spring latch (2) so that it is not engaged in a bore (1).

B – Inserting the locking device

• Turn the hose drum so that the spring latch (2) is aligned with a bore (1).

• Turn the spring latch (2) so that it engages in

30.01.2020

the bore (1). The hose drum is now secured against rotation.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

4-7

4 Rigging work on the main boom 4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.3

G Working with the lattice extension

Positions of the hydraulic connections Risk of accidents from hoses springing back!

If you detach the hoses after the locking device has been released, do not under any circumstances let go of the hoses before they have been re-secured. Otherwise the hoses will retract in an uncontrolled manner and can injure persons or damage parts of the truck crane.

The connections must be attached to the main boom head for working with the lattice extension.

Attaching the hoses The locking device on the hose drum must be released; p. 4 - 7.

à

• Remove the linchpins (5) and open the clamps (3).

• Remove the hoses (4) from the clamp (1) and fasten them to the clamp (2).

• Close the clamps (3) and secure them with the linchpins.

Main boom operation

The connections must be attached to the basic section for main boom operation.

Attaching the hoses The locking device on the hose drum must be p. 4 - 7. released;

à

• Remove the linchpins (5) and open the clamps (3)

• Remove the hoses (4) from the clamp (2) and fasten them to the clamp (1).

• Close the clamps (3) and secure them with the 30.01.2020

linchpins.

4-8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.1 Operations planning

5

Swing-away lattice

5.1

Operations planning

5.1.1

Permissible combinations

S

Risk of overturning with other combinations!

Assemble the swing-away lattice only in the combinations listed as permissible in the lifting capacity table. Other combinations are not monitored by the RCL.

Designation

Z + Y 1)

Sections used

A

Swing-away lattice 8.7 m

1.2 + 7.5 m

2

B

Swing-away lattice 15.0 m

1.2 + 13.8 m

2+1

30.01.2020

1) Designation in the lifting capacity table

Z = length before setting the angle Y = length after setting the angle

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5-1

5 Swing-away lattice 5.1 Operations planning

5.1.2

Dimensions and weights

Section

Length x width x height in m

1)

2)

6.40 x 0.45 x 0.65

265

265

9.00 x 0.90 x 1.25

700

680

15.50 x 0.90 x 1.25

965

945

9.00 x 1.00 x 1.25

965

945

1 2 Folded down

2+1

Weight in kg

Folded together

2+1 Derricking swing-away lattice

2)

Inclinable swing-away lattice 30.01.2020

1)

5-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.1 Operations planning

5.1.3

Identification

G H

Risk of accidents when using an incorrect swing-away lattice!

Install only the swing-away lattice that belongs to the truck crane. Other swing-away lattices must not be installed.

If the swing-away lattice is to be used on several truck cranes, the swing-away lattice must be adapted to the truck crane and marked with the corresponding serial numbers. Only have this modification carried out by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer.

30.01.2020

The truck crane and corresponding sections 1 and 2 are labelled with the same serial number (3).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5-3

5 Swing-away lattice 5.1 Operations planning

30.01.2020

Blank page

5-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2

Transport conditions

5.2.1

Overview There are the rigging ranges 1 to 5; Overview of the rigging ranges, p. 5 - 62.

à

Various connections for transport can be established in the ranges 2 to 5.

Connection between x

Section 1 / main boom

y

Section 2 / main boom

z

Section 1 / section 2

Which connections need to be established depends on the transport condition.

H

If installing/removing are carried out as described in the checklists in this operating manual, that will result in the transport conditions shown here and the connections displayed are established.

Swing-away lattice 15.0 m – After unrigging the swing-away lattice 8.7 m.

– After unrigging the swing-away lattice 15.0 m

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5-5

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Swing-away lattice 8.7 m

Section 1 only

30.01.2020

Swing-away lattice removed

5-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.2

Transport conditions – Instructions for checking A correctly established transport condition is important for several operations.

– For safe rigging – For safe transport – For safe main boom operation

• Make sure that the corresponding transport condition is always established for the current operation.

• Always check the transport condition if you are requested to do so according to a checklist.

• Always check the transport condition before driving the truck crane with folded swing-away lattice sections.

• Always check the transport condition before using the main boom with folded swing-away lattice sections.

• Always check the transport condition before transporting the removed swing-away lattice with a separate vehicle.

• Observe the safety instructions in this section.

G G

Risk of accidents during installing/removing and when rigging!

If a checklist refers to the inspection of the transport condition, it is assumed that all connections have been established as specified for the corresponding transport condition.

Make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before dealing with the next checklist item.

This prevents the swing-away lattice from falling down or swinging and hitting or crushing you.

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded swing-away lattice or main boom operation.

That prevents the sections of the swing-away lattice from falling down and injuring or even killing persons.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5-7

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Risk of damage to the swing-away lattice and main boom!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded swing-away lattice or main boom operation.

That prevents the sections of the swing-away lattice from hitting each other or the main boom.

Risk of damage to the swing-away lattice!

Always secure the swing-away lattice by tying it down with suitable belts when it is transported on a separate vehicle. That prevents the swing-away lattice from tipping over and becoming damaged during transport.

30.01.2020

G S S

Risk of injury!

Before transport, ensure that all cables, hoses and pins are securely fastened in the clamps and cannot come loose while driving. Additionally fasten the cables and hoses if necessary.

That prevents the sections from falling down while driving and injuring or even killing persons.

5-8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.3

Transport conditions – Folded – Swing-away lattice 15.0 m After unrigging the swing-away lattice 15.0 m

• Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Connections established y

Main boom / section 2

z

Section 1 / section 2

2 Range 4 Range 3 Range 5

Range

à p. 5 - 68 à p. 5 - 73 à p. 5 - 69 à p. 5 - 74

Pin secured in the clamp 6

Section 2

Range

1

7

Section 1

Range

5

à p. 5 - 63 à p. 5 - 64 à p. 5 - 74

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5-9

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Folded in deflection sheaves 3

à p. 5 - 60

Section 2

Secured cables 1

Section 2

5

Section 1

à p. 5 - 88 à p. 5 - 90

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Section 2

4

Main boom

à p. 5 - 85 à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

2

5 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

After unrigging the swing-away lattice 8.7 m

• Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Connections established x

Main boom / section 1

y

Main boom / section 2

z

Section 1 / section 2

3 Range 4 Range 2 Range 5 Range

à p. 5 - 69 à p. 5 - 72 à p. 5 - 68 à p. 5 - 74

Pin secured in the clamp 6

Section 2

Range

1

7

Section 1

Range

5

à p. 5 - 63 à p. 5 - 64 à p. 5 - 74

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 11

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Folded in deflection sheaves 3

à p. 5 - 60

Section 2

Secured cables 1

Section 2

5

Section 1

à p. 5 - 88 à p. 5 - 90

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Section 2

4

Main boom

à p. 5 - 85 à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

2

5 - 12

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.4

Transport condition – Folded – Swing-away lattice 8.7 m • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Connections established y

Main boom / section 2

2 Range 4

à p. 5 - 68 à p. 5 - 73

1

à p. 5 - 63 à p. 5 - 64

Range

Pin secured in the clamp 6

Section 2

Range

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 13

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Folded in deflection sheaves 3

à p. 5 - 60

Section 2

Secured cables 1

à p. 5 - 88

Section 2

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Section 2

4

Main boom

à p. 5 - 85 à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

2

5 - 14

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.5

Transport condition – Folded – Section 1 only • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Connections established x

Main boom / section 1

3 Range 4

à p. 5 - 69 à p. 5 - 72

5

à p. 5 - 74

Range

Pin secured in the clamp 7

Section 1

Range

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Main boom

à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

6

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 15

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.6

Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Connections established z

Section 1 / section 2

Range

3 Range 5

à p. 5 - 69 à p. 5 - 74

1 Range 5

à p. 5 - 64 à p. 5 - 74

Pin secured in the clamp 6

Section 2

7

Section 1

Range

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Main boom

à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

6

5 - 16

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

Folded in deflection sheaves 3

à p. 5 - 60

Section 2

Secured cables 1

Section 2

5

Section 1

à p. 5 - 88 à p. 5 - 90

Angle of the lattice extension set to 0° 4

For inclinable swing-away lattice For derricking swing-away lattice

à p. 5 - 105 à p. 5 - 103

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice 2

à p. 5 - 85

Section 2

Securing against falling down and slipping

30.01.2020

The swing-away lattice is tied on to the separate vehicle.

All hoses and cables are fastened.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 17

5 Swing-away lattice 5.2 Transport conditions

5.2.7

Transport condition – Removed – Main boom • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 5 - 7.

Pin secured in the clamp 1 3

à p. 5 - 68 à p. 5 - 73

2 Range 4

Range

Secured cables – for derricking swing-away lattice Main boom

à p. 4 - 8

30.01.2020

2

5 - 18

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3

Checklists for rigging work

5.3.1

Symbols and their representation Symbols in images Symbol

Meaning

1

Establish connection

2

Remove connection

3

Only valid for the derricking swing-away lattice

4

Only valid for the inclinable swing-away lattice

5

Check

Representation of the rigging ranges

à Overview of the rigging ranges, p. 5 - 62 Rigging ranges 2 to 4 are shown in the side view. The figure in the checklist only shows those ranges in which connections need to be established or removed, e.g. ranges 2 and 4.

30.01.2020

Rigging ranges 1 to 5 are shown in the top view, e.g. range 5.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 19

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.2

Overview A distinction is made between various different operations.

– Installation and removal These operations have to be performed when the lattice extension is transported separately. Installation and removal of the lattice extension are described.

– Rigging Rigging must be performed when the lattice extension is transported on the truck crane. Changing between the transport position and the working position is described.

The table shows which checklist is applicable to any required rigging work.

Required rigging work

Checklist

Installing the swing-away lattice

– in working position

Removing the swing-away lattice

– from working position

Rigging the swing-away lattice

– in transport position

– from transport position

à p. 5 - 21 à p. 5 - 25 à p. 5 - 30 à p. 5 - 34

– in working position – swing-away lattice 8.7 m – swing-away lattice 15.0 m

à p. 5 - 36 à p. 5 - 40

– in transport position – swing-away lattice 8.7 m

30.01.2020

– swing-away lattice 15.0 m

à p. 5 - 49 à p. 5 - 53

5 - 20

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.3

CHECKLIST: Installation – in working position

H

This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Make sure that the swing-away lattice and the main boom are in transport condition.

Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice, p. 5 - 16 Transport condition – Removed – Main boom, p. 5 - 18

à à

3. For derricking swing-away lattice – Install the hose drum;

à p. 4 - 3.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 21

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Release the locking device;

à p. 4 - 7.

– Move the hoses into the position for working with the lattice extension; p. 4 - 8.

à

4. Fold out the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 60.

5. Sling the required swing-away lattice.

Permissible combinations, p. 5 - 1 Identification, p. 5 - 3 Dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 2 Slinging points, p. 5 - 57

à à à à

6. Fasten the guide rope;

à p. 5 - 59.

à p. 5 - 65.

30.01.2020

7. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connections;

5 - 22

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

8. For derricking swing-away lattice Establish the hydraulic connection;

9. Establish the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

10. Remove the sling gear.

11. For swing-away lattice 8.7 m – Remove the guide rope.

– Perform subsequent necessary rigging work;

à p. 5 - 45.

12. For swing-away lattice 15.0 m – Establish the electrical connection;

à Section 1 – section 2, p. 5 - 90.

– Fasten the guide rope to the head of section 1;

à p. 5 - 59.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 23

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – remove the connection;

– Swing section 1 in front of section 2;

à p. 5 - 70.

à p. 5 - 83.

– In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 75.

– For inclinable swing-away lattice Set the required angle according to the planned operation.

With auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 105 Without auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 106

à à

– Remove the guide rope.

à p. 5 - 45.

30.01.2020

– Perform subsequent necessary rigging work;

5 - 24

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.4

CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position

H

This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Make sure that the swing-away lattice and the main boom are in transport condition.

Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice, p. 5 - 16 Transport condition – Removed – Main boom, p. 5 - 18

à à

3. For derricking swing-away lattice – Install the hose drum;

à p. 4 - 3.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 25

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Release the locking device;

à p. 4 - 7.

– Move the hoses into the position for working with the lattice extension; p. 4 - 8.

à

4. Sling the required swing-away lattice.

Permissible combinations, p. 5 - 1 Identification, p. 5 - 3 Dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 2 Slinging points, p. 5 - 57

à à à à

5. Fasten the guide rope;

à p. 5 - 59.

6. Lift the swing-away lattice on to the main boom.

7. – In range 1 – slewing connection – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 67.

30.01.2020

– Secure the swing-away lattice against swinging around.

5 - 26

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

8. For derricking swing-away lattice Establish the hydraulic connection;

9. Establish the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Main boom / section 2.

10. Remove the sling gear.

11. Swing the swing-away lattice on to the side of the main boom with the guide p. 5 - 81. rope;

à

12. For derricking swing-away lattice Lower the swing-away lattice into the sections 2 and 4;

à p. 5 - 103.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 27

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

13. If section 1 is installed on the main boom – In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 68.

à

– In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 74.

14. If section 1 is removed or if section 1 is folded on to section 2 – In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 68.

à

– In range 4 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 73.

à

15. In range 1 – slewing connection – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 63.

30.01.2020

16. Remove the guide rope.

5 - 28

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

17. Remove the electrical connection;

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

18. For derricking swing-away lattice – Remove the hydraulic connection;

– Remove the hand-held control;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

– If the next operation is planned without swing-away lattice Move the hoses into the position for main boom operation;

à p. 4 - 8.

19. Check the transport condition.

– (A) – With folded swing-away lattice 8.7 m; – (B) – With folded swing-away lattice 15.0 m;

30.01.2020

à p. 5 - 13 à p. 5 - 9

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 29

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.5

CHECKLIST: Removal – from working position

H

This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Perform all previous rigging work;

à p. 5 - 47.

2. For swing-away lattice 15.0 m – Fasten the guide rope to section 1;

à p. 5 - 59.

à p. 5 - 75.

30.01.2020

– In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – remove the connection;

5 - 30

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Swing section 1 on to section 2;

à p. 5 - 83.

– Remove the electrical connection;

à Section 1 – section 2, p. 5 - 90.

– In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

3. Remove the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 70.

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

4. For derricking swing-away lattice – Remove the hydraulic connection;

– Remove the hand-held control;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 31

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– If the next operation is planned without swing-away lattice Move the hoses into the position for main boom operation;

à p. 4 - 8.

5. Sling the required swing-away lattice.

Permissible combinations, p. 5 - 1 Identification, p. 5 - 3 Dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 2 Slinging points, p. 5 - 57

à à à à

6. Fasten the guide rope;

à p. 5 - 59.

7. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connections;

à p. 5 - 65.

8. Lift the swing-away lattice and set it aside.

9. – Fold in the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 60.

30.01.2020

– Remove the guide rope.

5 - 32

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. If section 1 is still installed on the main boom and is also to be removed – Fasten slings to section 1 and attach a guide rope;

à p. 5 - 57.

à p. 5 - 71 – In range 4 – main boom / section 1 – remove the connection; à p. 5 - 72.

– In range 3 – main boom / section 1 – remove the connection;

– Lift section 1 and set it down.

– Remove the guide rope.

11. Check the transport condition.

Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice, p. 5 - 16 Transport condition – Removed – Main boom, p. 5 - 18

30.01.2020

à à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 33

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.6

CHECKLIST: Removal – from transport position

G 1 5

H

This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established for the current rigging mode.

– (A) – With folded swing-away lattice 8.7 m; p. 5 - 13 – (B) – With folded swing-away lattice 15.0 m; p. 5 - 9

à à

3. Attach a sling to the swing-away lattice.

Permissible combinations, p. 5 - 1 Identification, p. 5 - 3 Dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 2 Slinging points, p. 5 - 57

30.01.2020

à à à à

5 - 34

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. Fasten the guide rope;

à p. 5 - 59.

5. In range 4 – depending on the transport condition, – main boom / section 1 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 72.

or – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 73.

6. For swing-away lattice 15.0 m In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 69.

7. In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 68.

8. – Lift the swing-away lattice and set it aside.

– Remove the guide rope.

9. Check the transport condition.

Transport condition – Removed – Swing-away lattice, p. 5 - 16 Transport condition – Removed – Main boom, p. 5 - 18 30.01.2020

à à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 35

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.7

CHECKLIST: Rigging in working position – 8.7 m

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established for the current rigging mode.

– (A) – With folded swing-away lattice 8.7 m; p. 5 - 13 – (B) – With folded swing-away lattice 15.0 m; p. 5 - 9

à à

3. For derricking swing-away lattice – Install the hose drum;

à p. 4 - 3.

à p. 4 - 7.

30.01.2020

– Release the locking device;

5 - 36

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Move the hoses into the position for working with the lattice extension; p. 4 - 8.

à

– Establish the hydraulic connection;

4. Establish the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

5. Fasten guide rope to section 2 and secure section 2 with the guide rope; p. 5 - 59.

à

6. In range 1 – slewing connection – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 63.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 37

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

7. If the swing-away lattice 8.7 m is installed

à p. 5 - 73.

– In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection; à p. 5 - 68.

– In range 4 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

8. If the swing-away lattice 15.0 m is installed – In range 3 – main boom / section 1 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 69.

à

– In range 4 – main boom / section 1 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 72.

à

– In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 74.

– In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 68.

9. For derricking swing-away lattice Raise the swing-away lattice up to the stop;

à p. 5 - 103.

à p. 5 - 81.

30.01.2020

10. Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom;

5 - 38

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

11. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection;

12. Fold out the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 64.

à p. 5 - 60.

13. For inclinable swing-away lattice Set the required angle according to the planned operation.

With auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 105 Without auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 106

à à

14. Remove the guide rope.

à p. 5 - 45.

30.01.2020

15. Perform subsequent necessary rigging work;

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 39

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.8

CHECKLIST: Rigging in working position – 15.0 m

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established for the current rigging mode; p. 5 - 9.

à

3. For derricking swing-away lattice – Install the hose drum;

à p. 4 - 3.

à p. 4 - 7.

30.01.2020

– Release the locking device;

5 - 40

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Move the hoses into the position for working with the lattice extension; p. 4 - 8.

à

– Establish the hydraulic connection;

4. Establish the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

5. Fasten guide rope to section 2 and secure section 2 with the guide rope; p. 5 - 59.

à

6. In range 1 – slewing connection – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 63.

7. In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 69.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 41

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

8. In range 4 – depending on the transport condition, – main boom / section 1 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 72.

or – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 73.

9. In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 68.

10. For derricking swing-away lattice Raise the swing-away lattice up to the stop;

à p. 5 - 103.

11. Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom;

à p. 5 - 81.

12. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 60 12/06/2017 30.01.2020

13. Fold out the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 64.

5 - 42

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

14. Establish the electrical connection;

à Section 1 – section 2, p. 5 - 90.

15. Fasten the guide rope to the head of section 1;

à p. 5 - 59.

16. In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – remove the connection;

17. Swing section 1 in front of section 2;

à p. 5 - 70.

à p. 5 - 83.

18. In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 70.

12/06/2017 30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 43

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

19. For inclinable swing-away lattice Set the required angle according to the planned operation.

With auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 105 Without auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 106

à à

20. Remove the guide rope.

à p. 5 - 45.

12/06/2017 30.01.2020

21. Perform subsequent necessary rigging work;

5 - 44

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.9

CHECKLIST: After rigging in the working position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. The rigging work for rigging in the working position specified in the corresponding checklist has been performed.

2. Install the anemometer and air traffic control light1);

à p. 5 - 98.

1) Additional equipment

3. Install the camera1); 1)

à p. 5 - 100.

Additional equipment

4. Fit the hoist rope;

à p. 5 - 93.

5. Reeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 45

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

6. Install the lifting limit switch and lifting limit switch weight;

à p. 5 - 96.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice Remove the hand-held control;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

8. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

à Setting the RCL, p. 5 - 113.

30.01.2020

9. Enter and confirm the current rigging mode;

5 - 46

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.10

CHECKLIST: Before rigging in the transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 5 - 61.

2. Remove the anemometer and air traffic control light1);

à p. 5 - 98.

1) Additional equipment

3. Remove the camera1); 1)

à p. 5 - 100.

Additional equipment

4. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;

5. Unreeve the hoist rope;

à p. 5 - 96.

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 47

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

6. Remove the hoist rope;

à p. 5 - 93.

7. – For derricking swing-away lattice Raise the swing-away lattice up to the stop;

à p. 5 - 103.

– For inclinable swing-away lattice Set the angle to 0°.

With auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 105 Without auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 106

à à

8. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

5 - 48

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.11

CHECKLIST: Rigging in transport position – 8.7 m

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Perform all previous rigging work;

à p. 5 - 47.

2. Fasten the guide rope to section 2;

3. Fold in the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 59.

à p. 5 - 60.

4. In range 1 – slewing connection – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 67.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 49

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 64.

6. Swing the swing-away lattice on to the side of the main boom with the guide rope; p. 5 - 81.

à

7. For derricking swing-away lattice Lower the swing-away lattice into the sections 2 and 4;

à p. 5 - 103.

8. If section 1 has been removed – In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 68.

à

– In range 4 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 73.

à

9. If section 1 is installed on the main boom – In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 68.

à

à p. 5 - 74.

30.01.2020

– In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

5 - 50

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. In range 1 – slewing connection – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 63.

11. Remove the guide rope.

12. Remove the electrical connection;

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

13. For derricking swing-away lattice – Remove the hydraulic connection;

– Remove the hand-held control;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

– If the next operation is planned without swing-away lattice

30.01.2020

Move the hoses into the position for main boom operation;

à p. 4 - 8.

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 51

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

14. Check the transport condition.

– (A) – With folded swing-away lattice 8.7 m; – (B) – With folded swing-away lattice 15.0 m;

30.01.2020

à p. 5 - 13 à p. 5 - 9

5 - 52

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.12

CHECKLIST: Rigging in transport position – 15.0 m

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings and safety instructions specified there!

1. Perform all previous rigging work;

à p. 5 - 47

2. Fasten the guide rope to section 1;

3. Remove the electrical connection;

à p. 5 - 59.

à Section 1 – section 2, p. 5 - 90.

4. In range 5 – section 1 / section 2 – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 75.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 53

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Swing section 1 on to section 2;

à p. 5 - 83.

6. In range 3 – section 1 / section 2 – establish the connection;

7. Fasten the guide rope to section 2;

8. Fold in the deflection sheave;

à p. 5 - 70.

à p. 5 - 59.

à p. 5 - 60.

9. In range 1 – slewing connection – establish the connection;

à p. 5 - 67.

à p. 5 - 64.

30.01.2020

10. In range 1 – main boom / section 2 – remove the connection;

5 - 54

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

11. Swing the swing-away lattice on to the side of the main boom with the guide rope; p. 5 - 81.

à

12. For derricking swing-away lattice Lower the swing-away lattice into the sections 2 and 4;

à p. 5 - 103.

13. – In range 2 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 68.

à

– In range 4 – main boom / section 2 – establish the connection; p. 5 - 73.

à

14. In range 1 – slewing connection – remove the connection;

à p. 5 - 63.

15. Remove the guide rope.

16. Remove the electrical connection;

à Main boom / section 2, p. 5 - 88.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 55

5 Swing-away lattice 5.3 Checklists for rigging work

17. For derricking swing-away lattice – Remove the hydraulic connection;

18. – Remove the hand-held control;

à p. 5 - 85.

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

– If the next operation is planned without swing-away lattice Move the hoses into the position for main boom operation;

à p. 5 - 9.

30.01.2020

19. Check the transport condition;

à p. 4 - 8.

5 - 56

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.4 Rigging work – General information

5.4

Rigging work – General information

5.4.1

Slinging points

G

l

Risk of accidents if used improperly!

Attach slings to the swing-away lattice only at the designated slinging points.

Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

Section 1 The slinging points (1) are marked with stickers (3).

The sticker (2) gives data on the weight and on slinging.

Section 2 and combinations The slinging points (1) to (4) are marked with the stickers (7) and are additionally numbered with stickers (6), e.g. slinging point (3).

The sticker (5) gives data on the weight and on the corresponding slinging points.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 57

5 Swing-away lattice 5.4 Rigging work – General information

Example Let us assume the folded swing-away lattice is to be lifted.

30.01.2020

The swing-away lattice is attached to the slinging points (2) and (3) on both sides according to the sticker.

5 - 58

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.4 Rigging work – General information

5.4.2

G

Securing the swing-away lattice with the guide rope Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!

Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you disconnect the required connections.

An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot swing unintentionally when the necessary connections are unlocked or separated.

Fastening a guide rope to section 2

• Fasten the guide rope to the swing-away lattice A or B, for example to the rope attachment point (1).

Fastening a guide rope to section 1

• Fasten the guide rope (1) behind the head of

30.01.2020

section 1.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 59

5 Swing-away lattice 5.4 Rigging work – General information

5.4.3

G G

Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave Risk of accidents by exceeding the total permissible height!

Fold in the deflection sheave before driving with folded swing-away lattice. When the deflection sheave is folded out, the overall height specified for the on-road level is exceeded.

Risk of crushing!

Always hold the deflection sheaves on section 2 firmly by the handle when removing the pin.

Your fingers can be crushed if you hold a sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave tightly by the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).

• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) up and fasten it in this position with the pin (2).

• Secure the pin (2) using the retaining pin.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave tightly by the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).

• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) down and fasten it in this position with the pin (2).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin (2) using the retaining pin.

5 - 60

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.1

Preparing the truck crane • Make sure that the following prerequisites listed here are met before starting rigging work.

– The truck crane is on outriggers.

– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be rigged; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– The superstructure is turned to the side or to the rear.

– The main boom must be fully retracted.

– All telescopic sections have been set down and locked.

– The telescoping cylinder is locked in the telescopic section VI. That fastens the position at which the holders were set on the main boom for the swingaway lattice.

– The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

30.01.2020

– An auxiliary crane with sufficient load bearing capacity is provided for installation and removal.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 61

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.2

Overview of the rigging ranges

1 5

There are the rigging ranges to . The table shows which connections can be established and separated in the ranges.

Range

1 2 3 4

(A) – Section 2 (folded) / main boom – slewing connection (B) – Section 2 (folded down) / main boom Section 2 / main boom (A) – Section 2 / main boom or (B) – Section 1 / section 2 (A) – Section 1 / main boom or (B) – Section 2 / main boom (A) – Section 1 / section 2 – folded or (B) – Section 1 / section 2 – folded down 30.01.2020

5

Possible connections

5 - 62

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.3

S G

Range 1 – Folded – Slewing connection Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (2).

• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 63

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.4

S G

Range 1 – Folded down – Main boom / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing If the pins cannot be inserted; à Relieving the connecting points, p. 5 - 79.

• Align the connection points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and insert them into the connecting points (2).

Recommended sequence A, B, C.

• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Ensure that the slewing connection (4) is established;

à p. 5 - 66.

If the pins cannot be removed; à Relieving the connecting points, p. 5 - 79.

• Release the connection on the right side first.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).

Recommended sequence A, B, C.

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

5 - 64

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.5

S G G

Range 1 – Installing/removing – Main boom / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the swing-away lattice falling!

Ensure that the swing-away lattice is slung to an auxiliary crane or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

This prevents the swing-away lattice from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Establishing When the swing-away lattice is installed, the pins (4) are difficult to access. It is therefore recommended to already establish the slewing connection during installation, if the swing-away lattice is to be folded after operation.

• Remove the pins (4) for the slewing connection from the clamp.

• Lift the swing-away lattice on to the main boom.

• Align the connection points (2).

• Insert the pins (4) into the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and insert them into the connecting points (2).

• Secure the pins.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 65

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

Disconnecting

• Ensure that the swing-away lattice is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).

• Secure the pins.

• Remove the pins (4) from the connecting points (2).

• Lift the swing-away lattice off the main boom.

• Insert the pins (4) into the clamp.

• Secure the pins.

5.5.6

Range 1 – Unrigging – Slewing connection

H

This operation is only required if the swing-away lattice is to be rigged in the transport position and the slewing connection was not established during the previous installation.

Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (2).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

5 - 66

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.7

S G

Range 1 – Installation – Slewing connection Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing

• Lift the swing-away lattice on to the main boom.

• Align the connection points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (2).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 67

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.8

S G

Range 2 – Main boom / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing

• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (3) and insert it into the connecting point (2).

• Secure the pin.

Disconnecting

• Ensure that the slewing connection is established or that the section is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2) and plug it into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

5 - 68

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.9

S G

Range 3 – Folded – Main boom / section 1 or section 1 / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

(A) – Establishing – main boom / section 1

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2) and insert it into the connecting point (3).

• Secure the pin.

(B) – Establishing – section 1 / section 2

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (3) and insert it into the connecting point (2).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 69

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.10

S G

Range 3 – Folded down – Section 1 / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

(A) – Establishing

• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (3) and insert it into the connecting point (2).

• Secure the pin.

(B) – Separating

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2) and plug it into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

5 - 70

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.11

S G G

Range 3 – Installing/removing – Main boom / section 1 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to swing-away lattice parts falling!

Ensure that the swing-away lattice parts are slung to an auxiliary crane or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

This prevents the swing-away lattice parts from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

(A) – Establishing

• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (2) and insert it into the connecting point (3).

• Secure the pin.

(B) – Separating

• Ensure that section 1 is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (3) and plug it into the clamp (2).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 71

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.12

S G

Range 4 – Main boom / section 1 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

(A) – Establishing

• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (3) and insert it into the connecting point (2).

• Secure the pin.

(B) – Separating

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2) and plug it into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

5 - 72

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.13

S G

Range 4 – Main boom / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

(A) – Establishing

• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (3) and insert it into the connecting point (2).

• Secure the pin.

(B) – Separating

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2) and plug it into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 73

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.14

S G

Range 5 – Folded – Section 1 / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

(A) – Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (2).

• Secure the pins.

(B) – Separating

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

5 - 74

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.15

S G

Range 5 – Folded down – Section 1 / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (2).

• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Ensure that when the connection between section 1 and section 2 has been established on the other side.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pin.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 75

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

5.5.16

S G

Range 5 – Installing / removing – Section 1 / section 2 Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Establishing Right side

• Raise section 1.

• Align the connection points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (1).

• Secure the pins.

Left side

• Align the connection points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamp (3) and plug them into the connecting points (1).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

5 - 76

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

Disconnecting

G

Risk of accidents due to swing-away lattice parts falling!

Ensure that the swing-away lattice parts are slung to an auxiliary crane or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

This prevents the swing-away lattice parts from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Left side

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).

• Secure the pins.

Right side

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 77

5 Swing-away lattice 5.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

30.01.2020

Blank page

5 - 78

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.6 Relieving the connecting points

5.6

Relieving the connecting points

5.6.1

Derricking swing-away lattice • Derrick the swing-away lattice until it is on the ground with the skids (2) (if necessary, override the lifting limit switch).

• Continue to derrick carefully until the connecting points (1) are flush or until the load has been removed from the pins; With the control unit on section 2, p. 5 - 104.

à

5.6.2

Inclinable swing-away lattice • Sling section 2 on to an auxiliary crane.

• Carefully raise the swing-away lattice until the

30.01.2020

connecting points (1) are flush or until the load on the pins has been relieved.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 79

5 Swing-away lattice 5.6 Relieving the connecting points

5.6.3

Inclinable swing-away lattice – with rigging aid

Depending on the equipment, there is a cylinder (2) as a rigging aid, which is operated using the hand pump (1).

• Close the valve (3) (turn it to the right).

• Operate the hand pump (1) – the cylinder (2) is extended.

– (A) – When rigging • Continue to pump until the connecting points are aligned.

• After establishing the connection – slowly open the valve (3) (turn it to the left).

– (B) – When unrigging • Continue to pump until the pin is relieved.

• After separating the connection – slowly

30.01.2020

open the valve (3) (turn it to the left).

5 - 80

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.7 Rigging work – Swinging operations

5.7

Rigging work – Swinging operations

5.7.1

Swinging the swing-away lattice

G S

Risk of accidents due to uncontrolled swinging of the swing-away lattice!

Ensure that no persons or objects are in the swinging range and always swing the swing-away lattice with a guide rope from the ground.

Risk of damage to electrical and hydraulic connections!

Ensure that the hydraulic and electrical connections are not pinched when swinging.

Swinging the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom

• Ensure that – at the swing-away lattice 15.0 m in range 3, the connection (1) between p. 5 - 69. section 1 and section 2 is established;

à

– the slewing connection (2) is established;

à p. 5 - 63.

• Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom head using the guide rope so that the connecting points (1) are flush.

• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that the swing-away lattice cannot swing back before the connection between the swing-away lattice and the main boom has been established.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 81

5 Swing-away lattice 5.7 Rigging work – Swinging operations

Swinging the swing-away lattice on to the main boom

• Make sure that all the prerequisites listed here have been met before you swing the swing-away lattice.

à p. 5 - 103.

– At the inclinable swing-away lattice, the angle is set to 0°; à p. 5 - 105.

– The derricking swing-away lattice is raised up to the stop;

– At the swing-away lattice 15.0 m in range 3, the connection (1) between section 1 and section 2 is established; p. 5 - 69.

à

• (A) – Swing the swing-away lattice with a guide rope on to the main boom.

• Place the guide rope over the clamp (2).

• Pull the swing-away lattice with the guide rope on to the run-up rails (1) and (3).

• (B) – Pull the swing-away lattice far enough

30.01.2020

on to the main boom so that the connecting points (4) are aligned.

5 - 82

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.7 Rigging work – Swinging operations

5.7.2

G S

Slewing section 1 Risk of accidents by section 1 swinging round!

Ensure that no people or objects are in the slewing range of the section and always swing section 1 with a guide rope from the ground.

Risk of damage to the electrical connection!

Ensure that the electrical connection is not pinched when swinging.

Swinging section 1 in front of section 2

• In range 3, separate the connection (1) between section 1 and section 2;

à p. 5 - 69.

• Swing section 1 in front of section 2 using the guide rope so that the connecting points are flush.

• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that section 1 cannot slew back until the connection (1) between the sections has been established.

Swinging section 1 on to section 2

• Swing section 1 on to section 2 using the guide rope.

• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten

30.01.2020

the guide rope so that section 1 cannot swing back before the connection between section 1 and section 2 has been established in range 3.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 83

5 Swing-away lattice 5.7 Rigging work – Swinging operations

30.01.2020

Blank page

5 - 84

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.8 Rigging work – Hydraulic connections

5.8

Rigging work – Hydraulic connections

G S S H

Risk of crushing due to swing-away lattice swinging around!

Always secure the swing-away lattice against swinging around.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of damage to the hoses!

Lay the hoses in such a way that they are suspended freely under the main boom head. That prevents the hoses from being crushed or torn off when swinging the swing-away lattice.

Risk of damage!

Always disconnect the hydraulic connection when the swing-away lattice is in the transport position.

That prevents the hoses from being torn off when telescoping and it prevents the position of the derricking cylinder from changing independently and the connecting points in range 1 from being tensioned.

The figures in this section show the operation in the transport position.

The operation is carried out in the same way in the working position.

Establishing

• Remove the hoses (2) from the clamp (3) and guide them under the main boom.

• Connect the hoses to the connections (1) – the assignment is defined by the version of the connections.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 85

5 Swing-away lattice 5.8 Rigging work – Hydraulic connections

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the connections (1).

• Attach the hoses in the clamp (3).

• Close off the hoses and connections with the

30.01.2020

caps.

5 - 86

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

5.9

Rigging work – Electrical connections

5.9.1

Overview

Establishing / separating electrical connections

1 In range 5

Main boom / section 2 Section 1 / section 2

à p. 5 - 88 à p. 5 - 90

30.01.2020

In range

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 87

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

5.9.2

Main boom / section 2

G H

Risk of crushing due to swing-away lattice swinging around!

Always secure the swing-away lattice against swinging around.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

The illustrations in this section show the process in the working position.

The operation is carried out in the same way in the transport position.

Establishing – for electrical system

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy socket (5) and insert it into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (3) in such a way that it is not damaged during crane operation and when swinging the swing-away lattice.

• Seal the dummy socket (5) with the cap.

Establishing – for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (3) in such a way that it is not

30.01.2020

damaged during crane operation and when swinging the swing-away lattice.

5 - 88

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

Disconnecting – for electrical system

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and plug it into the dummy socket (5).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).

30.01.2020

• Seal the plug and socket with caps.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 89

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

5.9.3

Section 1 – section 2 Establishing – for electrical system

• Pull the plug out of the dummy socket (5).

• Unwind the cable from the clamp (4).

• Lay the cable (3) so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

Establishing – for the camera

• Unwind the cable from the clamp (4).

• Lay the cable (3) so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

30.01.2020

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

5 - 90

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

Disconnecting – for electrical system

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and plug it into the dummy socket (5).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).

• Seal the plug (2) and the socket (1) with

30.01.2020

the caps.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 91

5 Swing-away lattice 5.9 Rigging work – Electrical connections

30.01.2020

Blank page

5 - 92

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

5.10

Further rigging work

5.10.1

Fitting / removing the hoist rope

G

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Secure the securing elements (rods/sheaves) of the hoist rope with retaining pins.

This prevents elements from coming loose or falling and causing injuries.

Fitting

(A) – Swing-away lattice 8.7 m / (B) – swing-away lattice 15.0 m

• Remove the rods (3).

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheaves (1) and over the head sheave (2).

• Insert all rods (3) and secure them.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 93

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

Removing

(A) – Swing-away lattice 8.7 m / (B) – swing-away lattice 15.0 m

• Remove the rods (3).

• Remove the hoist rope from the deflection sheaves (1) and from the head sheaves (2).

• Place the hoist rope down on the ground on the left side or roll it on to the drum.

30.01.2020

• Insert all rods (3) and secure them.

5 - 94

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

5.10.2

Possible reeving methods Reeve the hoist rope into the hook block; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

1-sheave hook block Reeving A 2-sheave B 1-sheave

Hook tackle Reeving C 1-sheave

• Only for swing-away lattice 8.7 m – With a 2-sheave reeving, fasten the rope

30.01.2020

end clamp to the rope attachment point (1).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 95

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

5.10.3

Installing/removing the lifting limit switch

Installing

If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit switch belonging to the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended must be overridden; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the clamp (3).

• Secure the lifting limit switch.

• Lay the cable so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and lay it around the hoist rope;

30.01.2020

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

5 - 96

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

Removing

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5); à Operating manual GMK3060L. • Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the clamp (3).

• Fasten the retaining pin on the lifting limit switch.

• Stow the lifting limit switch securely for transport, or install it on the main boom;

30.01.2020

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 97

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

5.10.4

Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light

Installing

The anemometer and the air traffic control light – if provided – are located on the same rod.

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Insert the rod (5) into the clamp (3) and secure it.

• Remove the cable from the clamp (4).

• Connect the plugs (2) to the sockets (1) – the assignment is defined by the version of the plugs.

• Lay the cables in such a way that they are not damaged during crane operation.

• Check that the anemometer is able to swing so that it is suspended vertically

30.01.2020

even when the main boom is raised.

5 - 98

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

Removing

You must remove the rod with the anemometer/air traffic control light before driving on the road.

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Switch off the air traffic control light.

• Remove the plugs (2) from the sockets (1).

• Seal the sockets (1) with the caps.

• Wind the cables onto the clamp (4).

• Remove the rod (5) from the clamp (3).

30.01.2020

• Stow away the rod securely for transport; à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 99

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

5.10.5

Installing/removing the camera Operating the camera;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Installing

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Insert the camera (2) into the clamp (1) and secure it.

• Insert the plug (3) into the socket (4).

30.01.2020

• Lay the cable so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

5 - 100

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

Removing

(A) – On section 1 / (B) – On section 2

• Take the plug (3) out of the socket (4) and seal the socket with the cap.

• Remove the camera (2) from the clamp (1) and fasten the retaining pin in the clamp.

30.01.2020

• Stow away the camera so that it is not damaged.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 101

5 Swing-away lattice 5.10 Further rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

5 - 102

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.11 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.11

Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.11.1

With the hand-held control

H

Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation;

à p. 5 - 116.

• Make sure that the swing-away lattice is connected to the power supply;

à p. 5 - 87.

• Connect the hand-held control to the socket (1);

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Press the button (2) once – the engine starts.

• Press the button (3) once.

The lamp in the button lights up – the derricking gear of the swing-away lattice is preselected.

Derricking the swing-away lattice The pre-selected movement is carried out until you let go of the respective button or until the respective end position has been reached.

• Press the button for the desired movement.

1 Lower The swing-away lattice is lowered 2 Raise The swing-away lattice is raised

30.01.2020

The further you press button, the quicker the movement is.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 103

5 Swing-away lattice 5.11 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.11.2

With the control unit on section 2 The control unit (1) moves when derricking, which means that derricking should preferably be operated via the hand-held control or from the crane cab.

The control unit should only be used for relieving the load on the connecting points when the swingaway lattice is set down with the skids (2) on the ground or for carefully setting the skids onto the ground after the swing-away lattice has been derricked almost to the ground using a different control unit.

G

Risk of accidents and risk of crushing due to derricking swing-away lattice!

Do not use a ladder.

That prevents the swing-away lattice from knocking you off the ladder and also prevents you from falling of the ladder as you follow the control unit during derricking.

Stand outside the derricking area with both feet on the ground and derrick the swing-away lattice only within a small area above the ground that you can easily reach. Take care to ensure that your feet, fingers or hands are not crushed.

Derricking the swing-away lattice

• Make sure that the swing-away lattice is connected to the power supply;

à p. 5 - 87.

The pre-selected movement is carried out until you let go of the respective button or until the respective end position has been reached.

• Press the button for the desired movement.

1 Lower The swing-away lattice is lowered 2 Raise

30.01.2020

The swing-away lattice is raised

5 - 104

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.12

Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.12.1

With auxiliary crane

G

Risk of accidents due to swing-away lattice folding down!

Always secure the swing-away lattice with an auxiliary crane, or set it down on the ground, before removing the angling pin from the bore.

That prevents the swing-away lattice from unfolding downwards in an uncontrolled manner and causing personal injury.

• Raise the swing-away lattice with an auxiliary crane and remove the pin (1).

• Insert the pin for the desired angle.

– For an angle of 0° – in the bore (2).

– For an angle of 20° – in the bore (3).

– For an angle of 40° – in the clamp (4).

• Secure the pin.

• Lower the swing-away lattice.

If the swing-away lattice now touches the ground, then the angle will set itself when the main boom is raised.

30.01.2020

• Remove the lifting gear.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 105

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

5.12.2

Without auxiliary crane If an auxiliary crane is not available, the swing-away lattice must be set down before it is angled.

S Entering the RCL code

Risk of damage to the hoist rope!

Unreeve the hook block and set down the hoist rope next to the swing-away lattice before you angle the swing-away lattice.

In this way you prevent the hoist rope from being damaged when the swing-away lattice is set down on the ground for setting the angle.

For setting the angle without an auxiliary crane, you must enter the RCL code for working with a mounted swing-away lattice.

When inclining without an auxiliary crane, comply with the information in the section Rigging tables – lattice extension in the lifting capacity tables. Among other information, it specifies the possible telescoping modes and the maximum lifting capacity.

Risk of overturning with raised hook block (hook tackle)!

The telescoping range which is enabled for the set RCL code is only permitted for telescoping without a load and without hook block/hook tackle.

When the main boom is fully extended, load measurement is not possible and RCL monitoring depends on the working radius only.

For this reason, you must always unreeve the hook block. That prevents the truck crane from overturning when the main boom is telescoped out.

30.01.2020

G G

Risk of overturning with impermissible rigging mode!

Always enter the RCL code for the current rigging mode of the truck crane, and only slew the superstructure into the working position permitted by the RCL code set according to the lifting capacity table.

That prevents the truck crane from overturning when the main boom is telescoped out.

5 - 106

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

Setting the angle

G G

This section assumes that the swing-away lattice has been locked in front of the main boom and the unreeved hoist rope has been set down next to the swingaway lattice.

Risk of accidents if this procedure is not followed!

For the procedure described here, the swing-away lattice must be set down on the ground. If the swing-away lattice is to be set down on some other structure for setting the angle, please bear in mind that the swing-away lattice will slide towards the truck crane when raised, until the angle is reached.

While doing that, the swing-away lattice could slip off an unsuitable structure, fold down and cause personal injury.

Risk of accidents when RCL is overridden!

Never override the RCL if the crane movements are switched off. That prevents the superstructure from being slewed out of the permissible working range and the truck crane from tipping over as a result.

• Enter the correct RCL code for the current rigging mode of the truck crane;

à Lifting capacity table.

• Slew the superstructure into a working position permitted by the lifting capacity table for the set RCL code.

H

The following diagrams each show an example of a crane with swing-away lattice.

• Extend the main boom as far as is permitted for the set RCL code set, or as far as possible given the space available.

• Lower the main boom until the swing-away lattice head touches the ground.

• If the ground cannot be reached, you can incline the truck crane further;

à p. 5 - 111.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 107

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

H

In the steps that follow, the swing-away lattice head is pulled or pushed over the ground. Lay boards, for example, under the skids on the head so that it is not pushed into the ground or damaged.

• If necessary, relieve the load on the pin (1) by raising slightly.

• Move the pin (1) into the position for the angle required, e.g. 40°;

à p. 5 - 105.

• Raise the main boom slowly.

When doing so, the head of the swing-away lattice is pulled across the ground.

• Raise the main boom until the swing-away lattice head is no longer touching the ground.

The swing-away lattice is then inclined by the set angle, e.g. 40°.

If you inclined the truck crane using the outriggers in order to set the angle, align it horizontally again.

• Fully retract the main boom. While doing so, the swing-away lattice must not touch the ground (raise it now and then if necessary).

• Set the head of the swing-away lattice down on

30.01.2020

the ground.

5 - 108

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

• Slowly lower the main boom into a horizontal position.

When doing so, the head of the swing-away lattice is pushed across the ground.

The swing-away lattice is now in the right position for attaching the hoist rope.

G Setting the angle to 0°

Risk of overturning when truck crane is standing at an angle!

After setting the angle, always check whether the truck crane is aligned horizontally.

In this way you prevent the actual working range deviating from the permitted working range, leading to the truck crane tipping over.

The section assumes that no load has been raised and that the hook block has been unreeved.

• Set the head of the swing-away lattice down on the ground.

H

In the steps that follow, the swing-away lattice head is pulled or pushed over the ground. Lay boards, for example, under the skids on the head so that it is not pushed into the ground or damaged.

• Slowly lower the main boom into a horizontal position.

When doing so, the head of the swing-away lattice is pushed across the ground.

• Remove the hoist rope (1) and set it down next to the swing-away lattice.

• Slowly lower the main boom until the swingaway lattice head is no longer touching the ground.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 109

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

• Extend the main boom as far as is permitted for the set RCL code set, or as far as possible given the space available.

• Lower the main boom until the swing-away lattice head touches the ground.

• If the ground cannot be reached, you can incline the truck crane further;

à p. 5 - 111.

• Slowly lower the main boom until an angle of 0° is reached.

When doing so, the head of the swing-away lattice is pushed across the ground.

• Put the pin (1) of the angle piece into the position for an angle of 0°;

à p. 5 - 105.

• Derrick the main boom into the horizontal position and retract it completely.

The swing-away lattice is now in the right position to continue unrigging.

30.01.2020

H

If you inclined the truck crane using the outriggers, align it horizontally now so that the swing-away lattice sections can be folded more easily.

5 - 110

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

Inclining the truck crane

For inclining, you must set the swing-away lattice down on the ground by extending and lowering the main boom.

Depending on the available space, the condition of the terrain or a limitation on the telescoping due to the current rigging mode, it may occur that the swing-away lattice cannot be set down on the ground by telescoping and lowering the main boom.

In this case, you can use the outriggers to incline the truck crane.

G

Risk of accidents if the wheels touch the ground!

Make sure that the wheels do not touch the ground when the truck crane has been inclined. In this way you prevent a reduction in the stability of the truck crane, which could lead to it tipping over when setting the angle.

• Extend the supporting cylinders on the counterweight side.

• Retract the supporting cylinders on the main boom side, if necessary. Make

30.01.2020

sure that the wheels do not touch the ground when doing this.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 111

5 Swing-away lattice 5.12 Rigging work – Derricking the swing-away lattice

30.01.2020

Blank page

5 - 112

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13

Operation with swing-away lattice The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the main boom.

This section only contains information that you will additionally need for a rigged or installed swing-away lattice.

5.13.1

Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged swing-away lattice.

Use either the corresponding RCL code (2) in accordance with the lifting capacity table (1) or via individual components (3).

If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then you must also additionally enter the designation of the length of the swing-away lattice from the lifting capacity table. The length is entered there in this form.

Z+Y Z = length before setting the angle / Y = length after setting the angle Length of the swing-away lattice

Z+Y

8.7 m

1.2 + 7.5 m

15.0 m

1.2 + 13.8 m

• Enter the values for the rigged swing-away lattice.

1 Length Z – e.g. (1.2 m) 2 Length Y – e.g. (7.5 m) 3 The current angle (1) (only for inclinable swing-away lattice)

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 113

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

• Enter the current reeving method on the swing-away lattice for the hoisting gear whose hoist rope is reeved on the swing-away lattice at the RCL.

• Confirm the entry.

H Shutdown

The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections are locked.

Operation with the swing-away lattice is monitored by the RCL. When operating with the swing-away lattice, RCL shutdowns may occur for the Operating manual same reasons as when operating with the main boom; GMK3060L.

à

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads are lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capacity table.

– During operation with the swing-away lattice If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation If a hook block (3) is reeved at the swing-away lattice, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2), – the weight of the swing-away lattice (4) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

à Information about main boom operation when the swing-away lattice is 30.01.2020

installed, p. 5 - 119.

5 - 114

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13.2

G

Derricking the main boom Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into the horizontal position.

If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible working range.

The prerequisites for permitting raising and lowering of the main boom with a rigged swing-away lattice over a slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further information on the permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in the lifting capacity table; Rigging tables – swing-away lattice.

à

5.13.3

S

Telescoping with a rigged swing-away lattice Risk of overloading the main boom!

If you are telescoping the main boom with the rigged swing-away lattice, you must not simultaneously slew the superstructure.

That prevents the main boom from being overloaded by additional lateral forces and increased vibration.

Telescoping of the main boom with a rigged swing-away lattice (in the working position) is monitored by the RCL. Telescoping is only enabled at specific main boom and lattice extension angles when a maximum permissible load is not exceeded. Further information on the permissible angles and the maximum permissible load is provided in the lifting capacity tables. This also provides information on the telescoping paths for rigging the swing-away lattice; Rigging tables – swing-away lattice.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 115

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13.4

Derricking the swing-away lattice during operation

Switching on the derricking gear

After the ignition is switched on, all the power units are switched off and the lamps in the corresponding buttons light up only dimly.

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in the button (1) lights up brightly.

– Symbol (2) is green when the derricking gear is switched on.

If the control lever is assigned more than one function, all other power units which are assigned the same control lever movement are switched off.

Raising and lowering

G

You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating conditions; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

Risk of accident due to unexpected crane movements!

If assigned more than one function, check that the lattice extension derricking gear control lever function is switched on before you move the control lever for derricking the swing-away lattice.

This prevents accidents due to unexpected crane movements.

– Lower: Push the control lever to the right – the swing-away lattice is lowered.

– Raise:

Push the control lever to the left – the swing-away lattice is raised.

Other derricking settings are performed in the same manner, as described in the operating manual GMK3060L provided.

– Changing the engine speed – Limiting the derricking speed – Operating hours display

If this switching over is not permitted for the load currently raised, derricking is switched off and a corresponding error message is generated.

5 - 116

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

When derricking the swing-away lattice the RCL switches automatically to the values for fixed angle, intermediate angle and loads that can be derricked stated in the lifting capacity table if permissible for the load currently being lifted.

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

Switching off the derricking gear

If the derricking gear is not required, it should be switched off to avoid unintentional use.

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in the button (1) lights up dimly.

30.01.2020

– Symbol (2) is red when the derricking gear is switched off.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 117

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13.5

Checking the wind speed Strong winds can result in the truck crane becoming overloaded.

• Make sure to follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;

à Lifting capacity table, à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

The display (1) shows the current wind speed.

The maximum permissible wind speed (2) or the reduced wind speed (3) specified in the lifting capacity table applies to the confirmed rigging mode.

The display (1) flashes in colour in the vicinity of the maximum permissible value vmax (2) or (3).

– Yellow: about 90 - 100% of vmax reached – Red:

vmax exceeded

If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded.

• Immediately stop crane operation.

• Bring the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind speed in the lifting capacity table.

30.01.2020

G

Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!

If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind speed, stop crane operation immediately and establish an appropriate rigging mode.

This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

5 - 118

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13.6

Information about main boom operation when the swingaway lattice is installed In transport position During main boom operation with a folded swing-away lattice, the loads specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced and displayed on the maximum load RCL display.

H

The lifting capacity tables contain operational planning information specifying the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about working with the swing-away lattice.

à

In working position You must enter an RCL code for the main boom without a swing-away lattice in order to operate in this mode. This operating mode is only permissible under certain specific rigging modes.

More information on the permissible rigging modes and the swing-away lattice lengths is provided in the lifting capacity tables; Remarks on working with the swing-away lattice.

à

The lifting capacities specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced for main boom operation with rigged swing-away lattice. The lifting capacity tables contain operational planning information specifying the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about working with the swing-away lattice.

à

The RCL display does not display the reduced values correctly.

That means that the displayed value can deviate from the value that was previously calculated during operations planning.

30.01.2020

If this is the case, the RCL is not faulty. Do not override the RCL. Even if the displayed value is higher than the calculated value.

G

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not under any circumstances override the RCL. If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible working range.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 119

5 Swing-away lattice 5.13 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.13.7

Instructions for turning loads over Turning loads over with swing-away lattice is permitted with the swing-away lattice 8.7 m(28.5 ft) and with the swing-away lattice 15.0 m; Turning loads over, p. 9 - 1.

30.01.2020

à

5 - 120

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.14 Maintenance

5.14

Maintenance

H 5.14.1

If the swing-away lattice has been in storage for an extended period of time, perform maintenance work on it before the next time it is used, at the very latest.

Maintenance plan W

W

Maintenance work on the SWING-AWAY LATTICE: weekly

à p. 5 - 122

– Greasing the piston rod

5.14.2

Maintenance plan M 1

M1

Maintenance work on the SWING-AWAY LATTICE: monthly/after 100 oper. hrs.

à p. 5 - 123

– Lubricating the pins

5.14.3

Maintenance plan M 3

M3

Maintenance work on the SWING-AWAY LATTICE: every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.

à p. 5 - 124

– Checking the sheaves

5.14.4

Maintenance plan M 12

M 12

Maintenance work on the SWING-AWAY LATTICE: every 12 months/after 1,000 operating hours

à p. 5 - 125

30.01.2020

– Lubricating joints

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 121

5 Swing-away lattice 5.14 Maintenance

5.14.5

W

Greasing the piston rod

H

Perform this maintenance work monthly also at the intervals listed.

– After a longer period of storage

– Before the next usage

– After the removal

– Before a longer period of storage

– After any high pressure cleaning

S

Risk of damage to the piston rod packing due to rust!

Ensure that the piston rod is always covered with a layer of grease. That prevents the formation of rust which damages the piston rod packing when lowering the boom.

Grease

GROVE part no.1)

Designation Lubricant RHUS SW 2; 1 kg (Apply the grease with a brush)

03325215

or Spray Berulub; 0.5 litres (spray-on) 1)

Prerequisite

01929824

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The swing-away lattice has been removed;

à p. 5 - 30.

Lubrication

• Clean and remove any old grease, dirt particles and rust from the piston rod (1).

• Grease the piston rod, making sure it is evenly

30.01.2020

coated with a layer of grease.

5 - 122

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.14 Maintenance

5.14.6

Lubricating the pins

Grease

1)

Prerequisite

M1

Grease 1)

Designation as per DIN 51502

Specifications Classification

GROVE part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The swing-away lattice has been removed;

Lubrication

à p. 5 - 30.

The pins in range 5 can best be lubricated in a transport condition in which the connection between section 1 and section 2 is separated; Transport conditions – Folded – Swing-away lattice 15.0 m, p. 5 - 9.

à

• Lubricate the pins.

1 In range 5

Pins (1) and (2)

On the sheaves

Pins (5)

30.01.2020

In range

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

Pins (3) and (4)

3 302 997 en

5 - 123

5 Swing-away lattice 5.14 Maintenance

5.14.7 Grease

Checking the sheaves

Grease 1)

Designation as per DIN 51502

Specifications Classification

GROVE part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

1)

Prerequisite

M3

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The swing-away lattice has been removed;

à p. 5 - 30.

Check

• Check the sheaves (1) and (4) for damage, wear, mobility and heavy soiling.

• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled sheaves replaced by

30.01.2020

Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair crew.

5 - 124

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

5 Swing-away lattice 5.14 Maintenance

5.14.8

Lubricating joints

M 12

Grease Grease 1)

Designation as per DIN 51502

Specifications Classification

GROVE part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

1)

à Maintenance manual

Prerequisite – The truck crane has been secured against unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The swing-away lattice has been removed;

à p. 5 - 30.

Lubricating joints

• Clean the grease nipples (1).

• Press grease into the grease nipples (1) until

30.01.2020

new grease comes out at the lubricating point.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

5 - 125

5 Swing-away lattice 5.15 Troubleshooting

5.15

Troubleshooting

5.15.1

Troubleshooting table

Malfunction

Cause

Remedy

The lifting limit switch is switched off – The lamp (1) lights up

Lifting limit switch not connected.

Connect the lifting limit switch; p. 5 - 96.

There is a second lifting limit switch connected to the main boom and it is not locked.

à

Lock the lifting limit switch;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

One or more electrical connections are separated, depending on the rigged swing-away lattice.

Establish the electrical connecp. 5 - 87. tion;

The main boom cannot be telescoped when the swingaway lattice is rigged

The main boom is at an impermissible angle.

Derrick the main boom to the p. 5 - 115. required angle;

The swing-away lattice cannot be derricked

The lattice extension derricking gear is switched off.

Lattice extension derricking gear; p. 5 - 116.

The electrical connection between the main boom and section 2 has been separated.

Establish the electrical connecp. 5 - 87. tion;

The hydraulic connection has been separated.

Establish the hydraulic conp. 5 - 85. nection;

The specified RCL code does not apply to operation with the lattice extension.

Enter the RCL code for operation with the swing-away latp. 5 - 113. tice;

The current load exceeds the derricking load – the lower swing-away lattice movement is disabled.

1. Raise the swing-away lattice.

à

à

à

à

à

2. If necessary, increase the working radius using the lower main boom movement Derrick the swing-away lattice into the working range 30.01.2020

A working range limit is reached

à

5 - 126

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.1 Operations planning

6

Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m

6.1

Operations planning

6.1.1

Permissible combinations

Y

Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m

2.0 m

Dimensions and weights

Length x width x height in m

Weight in kg

2.15 x 0.85 x 1.25 .

300

30.01.2020

6.1.2

Designation

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6-1

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.1 Operations planning

6.1.3

Identification

G H

Risk of accidents when using an incorrect heavy load lattice extension!

Install only the heavy load lattice extension that belongs to the truck crane.

No other heavy load lattice extensions may be installed.

If the heavy load lattice extension is to be used on several truck cranes, the heavy load lattice extension must be adapted to the truck crane and marked with the corresponding serial numbers. Only have this modification carried out by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer.

30.01.2020

The truck crane and the corresponding heavy load lattice extension are labelled with the same serial number (1).

6-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.2 Transport conditions

6.2

Transport conditions

6.2.1

Transport conditions – Instructions for checking A correctly established transport condition is important for several operations.

– For safe rigging – For safe transport – For safe main boom operation

• Make sure that the corresponding transport condition is always established for the current operation.

• Always check the transport condition if you are requested to do so according to a checklist.

• Always check the transport condition before driving the truck crane with folded heavy load lattice extension.

• Always check the transport condition before using the main boom with folded heavy load lattice extension.

• Always check the transport condition before transporting the removed heavy load lattice extension with a separate vehicle.

• Observe the safety instructions in this section.

G

Risk of accidents during installing/removing and when rigging!

If a checklist refers to the inspection of the transport condition, it is assumed that all connections have been established as specified for the corresponding transport condition.

Make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before dealing with the next checklist item.

That prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down or swinging and hitting or crushing you.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6-3

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.2 Transport conditions

Risk of injury!

Before transport, ensure that all cables and pins are securely fastened in the clamps and cannot come loose during driving. Additionally fasten the cables if necessary.

That prevents the sections from falling down while driving and injuring or even killing persons.

Risk of damage to the heavy load lattice extension and main boom!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded heavy load lattice extension or main boom operation.

That prevents the heavy load lattice extension from hitting the main boom.

Risk of damage to the heavy load lattice extension!

Always secure the heavy load lattice extension by tying it down with suitable belts when it is transported on a separate vehicle. That prevents the heavy load lattice extension from tipping over and becoming damaged during transport.

30.01.2020

G G S S

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded heavy load lattice extension or main boom operation.

That prevents the sections of the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or even killing persons.

6-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.2 Transport conditions

6.2.2

Transport condition – Folded • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 6 - 3.

Secured cables – Lifting limit switch – Camera

2

Pin secured in the clamp

3

Chain hoist removed

4

Connections established

5

Rope attachment point folded in

6

Angle set to 0

à p. 6 - 47 à p. 6 - 50 à p. 6 - 34 à p. 6 - 53 à p. 6 - 35 à p. 6 - 45 à p. 6 - 51

30.01.2020

1

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6-5

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.2 Transport conditions

6.2.3

Transport condition – Removed • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 6 - 3.

1

Secured cables – Lifting limit switch – Camera

2

Pin secured in the clamp

3

Chain hoist attached and tensioned Loose chains attached with slings

4

Pin secured in connecting points

5

Rope attachment point folded in

6

Angle set to 0

à p. 6 - 47 à p. 6 - 50 à p. 6 - 34 à p. 6 - 53 à p. 6 - 36 à p. 6 - 45 à p. 6 - 51

Securing against falling down and slipping

30.01.2020

The heavy load lattice extension is tied on to the separate vehicle.

6-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3

Checklists for rigging work

6.3.1

Symbols Symbols in images Symbol

6.3.2

Meaning

1

Establish connection

2

Remove connection

3

Check

Overview – Installation and removal These operations have to be performed when the lattice extension is transported separately. Installation and removal of the lattice extension are described.

– Rigging Rigging must be performed when the lattice extension is transported on the truck crane. Changing between the transport position and the working position is described.

The table shows which checklist is applicable to any required rigging work.

Required rigging work Installing the heavy load lattice extension

– in working position

Removing the heavy load lattice extension

– from working position

Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

– in working position

– in transport position

– from transport position

à p. 6 - 9 à p. 6 - 13 à p. 6 - 15 à p. 6 - 19 à p. 6 - 21 à p. 6 - 25

30.01.2020

– in transport position

Checklist

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6-7

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

6-8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.3

CHECKLIST: Installation – in working position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 6 - 6.

3. Attach slings to the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 6 - 2 Dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 1 Slinging points, p. 6 - 29 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope, p. 6 - 30

à à à à

4. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – establish the connections; p. 6 - 33.

à

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6-9

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the guide rope.

6. If the necessary angle has already been set – Fit the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 43.

– Removing the chain hoist;

à p. 6 - 53.

7. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

– Fit the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 51.

à p. 6 - 43.

8. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

à p. 6 - 43.

30.01.2020

– Position the hoist rope – on the deflection sheave;

6 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

– Position the hoist rope – on the head sheave;

à p. 6 - 51.

à p. 6 - 43.

9. – (A) – For operation with an even number of lines – fold out the rope attachment point; p. 6 - 45.

à

– (B) – For operation with an odd number of lines – fold out the rope p. 6 - 45. attachment point;

à

10. Reeve the hoist rope;

à Possible reeving methods, p. 6 - 44.

11. Install the lifting limit switch and lifting limit switch weight;

12. Install the anemometer and air traffic control light;

à p. 6 - 46.

à p. 6 - 48.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 11

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

13. Install the camera;

à p. 6 - 49.

14. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

à Setting the RCL, p. 6 - 55.

30.01.2020

15. Enter and confirm the current rigging mode;

6 - 12

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.4

CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position l

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established;

3. Removing the chain hoist;

à p. 6 - 6.

à p. 6 - 53.

4. Attach slings to the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 6 - 2 Dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 1 Slinging points, p. 6 - 29 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope, p. 6 - 30 30.01.2020

à à à à

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 13

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – establish the connections; p. 6 - 35.

à

30.01.2020

6. Remove the guide rope and the lifting gear.

6 - 14

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.5

CHECKLIST: Removal – from working position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

3. Remove the camera;

à p. 6 - 48.

à p. 6 - 49.

4. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;

à p. 6 - 47.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 15

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Unreeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

6. Fold in the rope attachment point;

à p. 6 - 45.

7. If the angle has already been set to 0° Remove the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 43.

8. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Remove the hoist rope;

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 6 - 43.

à p. 6 - 51.

9. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

à p. 6 - 43.

30.01.2020

– Remove the hoist rope – from the head sheave;

6 - 16

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 6 - 51.

10. – Remove the hoist rope – from the deflection sheave;

à p. 6 - 43.

11. Attach slings to the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

à Identification, p. 6 - 2 à Dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 1 à Slinging points, p. 6 - 29 à Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope, p. 6 - 30

12. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – remove the connections; p. 6 - 33.

à

13. – Lift the heavy load lattice extension and set it aside.

– Remove the guide rope.

à p. 6 - 6.

30.01.2020

14. Check the transport condition;

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 17

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 18

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.6

CHECKLIST: Removal – from transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 6 - 5.

3. Attach slings to the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 6 - 2 Dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 1 Slinging points, p. 6 - 29 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope, p. 6 - 30

à à à à

4. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – remove the connections; p. 6 - 35.

à

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 19

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. – Lift the heavy load lattice extension and set it aside.

– Remove the guide rope.

à p. 6 - 6.

30.01.2020

6. Check the transport condition;

6 - 20

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.7

CHECKLIST: Rigging – in working position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Make sure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 6 - 5.

3. Secure the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope;

à p. 6 - 30.

4. Move the heavy load lattice extension into the working position;

à p. 6 - 37.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 21

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the guide rope.

6. If the necessary angle has already been set Fit the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 43.

7. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

– Fit the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 51.

à p. 6 - 43.

8. For setting the angle using a hoist rope – Position the hoist rope – on the deflection sheave;

à p. 6 - 43.

à p. 6 - 51.

30.01.2020

– Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

6 - 22

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Position the hoist rope – on the head sheave;

à p. 6 - 43.

9. – (A) – For operation with an even number of lines – fold out the rope attachment point; p. 6 - 45.

à

– (B) – For operation with an odd number of lines – fold in the rope p. 6 - 45. attachment point;

à

10. Reeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

11. Install the lifting limit switch and lifting limit switch weight;

12. Install the anemometer and air traffic control light;

à p. 6 - 46.

à p. 6 - 48.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 23

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

13. Install the camera;

à p. 6 - 49.

14. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

à Setting the RCL, p. 6 - 55.

30.01.2020

15. Enter and confirm the current rigging mode;

6 - 24

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.8

CHECKLIST: Rigging – in transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 6 - 31.

2. Remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

3. Remove the camera;

à p. 6 - 48.

à p. 6 - 49.

4. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;

à p. 6 - 47.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 25

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Unreeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

6. Fold in the rope attachment point;

à p. 6 - 45.

7. If the angle has already been set to 0° Remove the hoist rope;

à p. 6 - 43.

8. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Remove the hoist rope;

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 6 - 43.

à p. 6 - 51.

9. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

à p. 6 - 43.

30.01.2020

– Remove the hoist rope – from the head sheave;

6 - 26

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 6 - 51.

– Remove the hoist rope – from the deflection sheave;

à p. 6 - 43.

10. Secure the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope;

à p. 6 - 30.

11. Move the heavy load lattice extension into the transport position; p. 6 - 40.

à

12. Remove the guide rope.

à p. 6 - 5.

30.01.2020

13. Check the transport condition;

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 27

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.3 Checklists for rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 28

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.4 Rigging work – General information

6.4

Rigging work – General information

6.4.1

Slinging points

G

Risk of accidents if used improperly!

Sling the heavy load lattice extension only at the slinging points provided.

Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

The slinging points (1) are marked with stickers (2).

30.01.2020

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and on slinging.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 29

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.4 Rigging work – General information

6.4.2

G

Securing the heavy load lattice extension with guide rope Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!

Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you disconnect the required connections.

An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot swing unintentionally when the necessary connections are separated.

Fastening the guide rope

30.01.2020

• Fasten the guide rope to the rod (1).

6 - 30

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.4 Rigging work – General information

6.4.3

Preparing the truck crane • Make sure that the following prerequisites listed here are met before starting rigging work.

– The truck crane is on outriggers.

– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be rigged; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– The superstructure is turned to the side or to the rear.

– The main boom must be fully retracted.

– All telescopic sections have been set down and locked.

– The telescoping cylinder is locked in the telescopic section VI. That fastens the position at which the holders were set on the main boom for the heavy load lattice extension.

– The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

30.01.2020

– An auxiliary crane with sufficient load bearing capacity is provided for installation and removal.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 31

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.4 Rigging work – General information

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 32

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

6.5

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

6.5.1

Installing/removing – Working position

S G G

Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Ensure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

That prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Establishing

• Align the connection points (1).

• Remove the pins (2) from the clamps (3) and insert them into the connecting points (1).

• Secure the pins.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 33

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

Disconnecting

• Make sure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pins (2) from the connecting points (1) and insert them into the clamps (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

6 - 34

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

6.5.2

S G G

Installing/removing – Transport position Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Ensure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

That prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) and (3) from the connecting points (2) and (4).

• Lift the heavy load lattice extension on to the main boom at the side.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 35

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.5 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

• (A) – Align the connecting point (4).

• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and secure it.

• (B) – Align the connecting point (2).

• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2) and secure it.

Disconnecting

• Make sure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pins (1) and (3) from the connecting points (2) and (4).

• Lift the heavy load lattice extension off the main boom and set it aside.

• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2) and secure it.

• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point (4)

30.01.2020

and secure it.

6 - 36

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

6.6

Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

6.6.1

From transport position to working position

S G

Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Take the pin (1) out of the connecting point (2).

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension on to the main boom head until the connecting points (7) are aligned.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 37

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• Remove the pins (6) from the clamps (5).

• Insert the pins (6) into the connecting points (7) and secure them.

• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2).

G

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Always first establish a connection to the main boom head before separating the connection to the basic section.

This way, you can avoid the heavy load lattice extension from having no connection with the main boom and falling down.

• Take the pin (3) out of the connecting point (4).

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension in front

30.01.2020

of the main boom head until the connecting points (1) are aligned.

6 - 38

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• Remove the pins (2) from the clamps (5).

• Insert the pins (2) into the connecting points (1) and secure them.

• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point (4)

30.01.2020

and secure it.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 39

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

6.6.2

S G

From the working position to the transport position Risk of damage due to requirements not met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Take the pin (3) out of the connecting point (4).

• Remove the pins (2) from the connecting points (1) – on the right side only.

• Insert the pins (2) into the clamps (5) and

30.01.2020

secure them.

6 - 40

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

S

Risk of damage to the driver's cab Make sure that an angle of 0° is set before swinging the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom. That prevents the driver's cab from being damaged.

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom until the connecting point (4) is aligned.

• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and secure it.

G

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Always first establish a connection to the basic section before separating the connection to the main boom head.

This way, you can avoid the heavy load lattice extension from having no connection with the main boom and falling down.

• Take the pin (1) out of the connecting point (2).

• Remove the pins (6) from the connecting points (7).

• Insert the pins (6) into the clamps (5) and secure them.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 41

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.6 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• (A) – Swing the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom until the connecting point (2) is aligned.

• (B) – Insert the pin (1) in the connecting

30.01.2020

point (2) and secure it.

6 - 42

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7

Further rigging work

6.7.1

Fitting / removing the hoist rope

G

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Secure the securing elements (rods/sheaves) of the hoist rope with retaining pins.

This prevents elements from coming loose or falling and causing injuries.

Fitting – deflection sheave

• Remove the rod (1).

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheave (2).

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Fitting – head sheave

• Remove the rod (4).

• Guide the hoist rope over the head sheave (3).

• Insert the rod (4) and secure it.

Removing – head sheave

• Remove the rod (4).

• Remove the hoist rope from the head sheave (3).

• Insert the rod (4) and secure it.

Removing – deflection sheave

• Remove the rod (2).

• Remove the hoist rope from the deflection sheave (2).

30.01.2020

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 43

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7.2

Possible reeving methods For straight reeving, the hoist rope is attached to the rope attachment point (1); Folding the rope attachment point out/in, p. 6 - 45.

à

Reeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

1-sheave hook block Reeving A 2-sheave B 1-sheave

Hook tackle Reeving

30.01.2020

C 1-sheave

6 - 44

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7.3

S

Folding the rope attachment point out/in Risk of damage when the rope attachment point is folded out!

Always fold the rope attachment point in for transport and for operation with an odd number of lines. This prevents the rope attachment point from being damaged or the rope attachment point and hoist rope from being damaged during operation.

Folding out

• (A) – Remove the retaining pin (1).

• Fold the rope attachment point (2) down.

• (B) – Fasten the retaining pin (1) to the clamp.

Folding in

• (A) – Remove the retaining pin (1).

• (B) – Fold the rope attachment point (2) to the rear.

• Secure the rope attachment point – fasten

30.01.2020

the retaining pin (1) to the clamp.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 45

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7.4

Installing/removing the lifting limit switch

Installing

If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit switch belonging to the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended must be overridden; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the clamp (3).

• Secure the lifting limit switch.

• Lay the cable so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and lay it around the hoist rope; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

6 - 46

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

Removing

• Pull the plug (2) out of the socket (1) and seal it with the cap.

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5);

à Operating manual GMK3060L

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the clamp (3).

• Fasten the retaining pin on the lifting limit switch.

• Stow the lifting limit switch securely for transport, or install it on the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 47

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7.5

S

Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light Risk of damage during on-road driving and operation in workshops!

Always remove the anemometer and air traffic control light before on-road driving and operation in workshops.

This prevents the specified overall height from being exceeded at on-road level, and the anemometer from being damaged due to unfavourable air currents or collision with the workshop ceiling.

You must install the anemometer on the main boom for operation with the heavy load lattice extension.

You must remove the anemometer for transport and operation in a workshop.

Installation and removal are performed in the same way as for main boom operation; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

6 - 48

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

6.7.6

Installing/removing the camera Operating the camera;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Installing

• Insert the camera (2) into the clamp (1) and secure it.

• Insert the plug (3) into the socket (4).

• Lay the cable (5) so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Remove the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (3) so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 49

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.7 Further rigging work

Removing

• Take the plug (3) out of the socket (4) and seal the socket with the cap.

• Remove the camera (2) from the clamp (1) and insert the retaining pin in the clamp.

• Stow away the camera so that it is not damaged.

• Take the plug (2) out of the socket (1) and seal the socket with the cap.

30.01.2020

• Fasten the cable (3) on the clamp (4).

6 - 50

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.8 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

6.8

Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

Prerequisites

– When rigging / installing / removing Only start inclining after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

– For operation with heavy load lattice extension If operation with the heavy load lattice extension is interrupted, then you must meet the requirements listed before you incline the heavy load lattice extension.

– The truck crane is in a rigging mode for operation with heavy load lattice extension – according to the lifting capacity table.

– The superstructure is turned to the side or to the rear.

– The main boom must be fully retracted.

– All telescopic sections have been set down and locked.

– The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– The hoist rope is unreeved and removed from the head sheave if the angle is to be set using the hoist rope.

Preparations For setting the angle using a chain hoist

• Attach the chain hoist (3) at the slinging points (1) and (2).

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 51

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.8 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

For setting the angle using a hoist rope

• (A) – Remove the rod (1).

With rope attachment point folded in

• Fold out the rope attachment point (2) and fasten the retaining pin (4).

• (B) – Fold the rope attachment point (2) up.

• Fasten the pocket lock (3) to the rope attachment point (2).

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Setting the angle

S

Risk of damage when setting the angle!

Raise and lower the heavy load lattice extension only slowly and carefully and do not pull the heavy load lattice extension against the stop. This prevents damage to the rope sheaves, hoist rope or sections of the heavy load lattice extension.

• Lift up the heavy load lattice extension slightly to relieve the pin (1).

• Remove the pin (1).

• Derrick the heavy load lattice extension so that you can insert the pin (1) into the bore for the desired angle.

– 0° angle – bore (2) – 40° angle – bore (3)

30.01.2020

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

6 - 52

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.8 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

After setting the angle After setting the angle using a hoist rope

• (A) – Relieve the load on the pocket lock (3) and remove it from the rope attachment point (2).

• Remove the rod (1).

4

• (B) – Fold in the rope attachment point (2) and fasten the retaining pin (4).

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

After setting the angle using a chain hoist The 0° or 40° angle has been set.

• Relieve the chain hoist (3).

• Remove the chain hoist from the slinging points (1) and (2).

30.01.2020

S

Risk of damage during crane operation!

Always remove the chain hoist before starting crane operation.

That prevents overloading of the chain hoist and prevents damage resulting from a collision between chain hoist components and the crane.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 53

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.8 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 54

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

6.9

Operation with heavy load lattice extension The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the main boom.

This section only contains information that you will need for a rigged or folded heavy load lattice extension.

6.9.1

Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged heavy load lattice extension.

Use either the corresponding RCL code (2) in accordance with the lifting capacity table (1) or via individual components (3).

If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then you must also additionally enter the length (1) and the angle (2) of the heavy load lattice extension.

• Enter the current reeving on the heavy load lattice extension for the hoist whose hoist rope is reeved on the heavy load lattice extension at the RCL.

30.01.2020

• Confirm the entry.

H

The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections are locked.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

s 3 302 997 en

6 - 55

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

Shutdown

Operation with the heavy load lattice extension is monitored by the RCL. When operating with the heavy load lattice extension, RCL shutdowns may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads are lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capacity table.

– During operation with the heavy load lattice extension If a hook block (3) is reeved in at the main boom, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation If a heavy load lattice extension (4) is installed, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the heavy load lattice extension (4) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

à Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is

30.01.2020

installed, p. 6 - 59

6 - 56

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

6.9.2

G

Derricking the main boom Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into the horizontal position.

If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible working range.

The prerequisites for permitting raising and lowering of the main boom with a rigged heavy load lattice extension over a slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further information on the permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in the lifting capacity table; Rigging tables – heavy load lattice extension.

à

Note that the hook block or load can hit the heavy load lattice extension or the main boom when using large boom angles, 0° angle and short lifting gear.

The RCL switches off the raising of the boom when the minimum permitted working radius has been reached.

6.9.3

S

Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension Risk of overloading the main boom!

If you are telescoping the main boom with the rigged heavy load lattice extension, you must not simultaneously slew the superstructure.

That prevents the main boom from being overloaded by additional lateral forces and increased vibration.

Telescoping of the main boom with a rigged heavy load lattice extension (in the working position) is monitored by the RCL. Telescoping is only enabled at specific main boom and lattice extension angles when a maximum permissible load is not exceeded. Further information on the permissible angles and the maximum permissible load is provided in the lifting capacity tables. This also provides information on the telescoping paths for rigging the heavy load lattice extension; Rigging tables – heavy load lattice extension.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 57

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

6.9.4

Checking the wind speed Strong winds can result in the truck crane becoming overloaded.

• Make sure to follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;

à Lifting capacity table, à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

The display (1) shows the current wind speed.

The maximum permissible wind speed (2) or the reduced wind speed (3) specified in the lifting capacity table applies to the confirmed rigging mode.

The display (1) flashes in colour in the vicinity of the maximum permissible value vmax (2) or (3).

– Yellow: about 90 - 100% of vmax reached – Red:

vmax exceeded

If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded.

• Immediately stop crane operation.

• Bring the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind speed in the lifting capacity table.

30.01.2020

G

Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!

If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind speed, stop crane operation immediately and establish an appropriate rigging mode.

This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

6 - 58

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

6.9.5

Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is installed In transport position During main boom operation with a folded heavy load lattice extension, the loads specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced and displayed on the maximum load RCL display.

H

The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning specifying the values which must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about working with the heavy load lattice extension.

à

In working position You must enter an RCL code for the main boom without a heavy load lattice extension in order to operate in this mode. This operating mode is only permissible under certain specific rigging modes.

More information on the permissible rigging modes is provided in the lifting caRemarks on working with the heavy load lattice extension. pacity tables;

à

The lifting capacities specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced for main boom operation with rigged heavy load lattice extension. The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning specifying the values which must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about working with the heavy load lattice extension.

à

The RCL display does not display the reduced values correctly.

That means that the displayed value can deviate from the value that was previously calculated during operations planning.

30.01.2020

If this is the case, the RCL is not faulty. Do not override the RCL. Even if the displayed value is higher than the calculated value.

G

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not under any circumstances override the RCL. If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible working range.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 59

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.9 Operation with heavy load lattice extension

6.9.6

Instructions for turning loads over

30.01.2020

à Turning loads over, p. 9 - 1.

6 - 60

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.10 Maintenance

6.10

Maintenance

H 6.10.1

If the heavy load lattice extension has been in storage for an extended period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next used.

Maintenance plan M 1

M1

Lubricating the pins

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION: monthly/after about 100 oper. hrs.

à p. 6 - 62

– Lubricating the pins

6.10.2

Maintenance plan M 3

M3

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION: every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.

à p. 6 - 63

30.01.2020

– Checking the sheaves

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 61

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.10 Maintenance

6.10.3

Lubricating the pins

Grease

1)

Prerequisite

M1

Grease 1)

Designation as per DIN 51502

Specifications Classification

GROVE part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The heavy load lattice extension is removed.

Lubrication

30.01.2020

• Lubricate the pins (1).

6 - 62

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.10 Maintenance

6.10.4

Checking the sheaves

Prerequisite

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

M3

à

or – The heavy load lattice extension is removed.

Check

• Check the sheaves (1) and (2) for damage, wear, mobility and heavy soiling.

• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled

30.01.2020

sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair crew.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 63

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.10 Maintenance

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 64

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.11 Troubleshooting

6.11

Troubleshooting

6.11.1

Troubleshooting table

Malfunction

Cause

Remedy

The lifting limit switch is switched off – The lamp (1) lights up

Lifting limit switch not connected.

Connect the lifting limit switch; p. 6 - 46.

à

There is a second lifting limit switch connected to the main boom and it is not locked.

Locking the lifting limit switch; Operating manual GMK3060L.

The main boom is at an impermissible angle.

Derrick the main boom to the required angle; p. 6 - 57.

à

30.01.2020

The main boom cannot be telescoped when the heavy load lattice extension is rigged

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

6 - 65

6 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m 6.11 Troubleshooting

30.01.2020

Blank page

6 - 66

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.1 Possible operating modes

7

Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m

7.1

Possible operating modes

Operating mode with the hoist rope The sheaves package (1) is installed.

The load hangs on the hoist rope and is lifted using the hoist.

30.01.2020

Operating mode with shackle The shackle (2) is installed.

The load hangs on the shackle and is lifted using the derricking gear.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7-1

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.1 Possible operating modes

30.01.2020

Blank page

7-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.2 Operations planning

7.2

Operations planning

7.2.1

Permissible combinations

7.2.2

Designation

Y

Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m

1.8 m

Dimensions and weights

Heavy load lattice extension

Version

Length x width x height in m

Weight in kg

A

With sheaves package

2.03 x 0.86 x 1.40

360

B

With shackle

2.03 x 0.86 x 1.40

385

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7-3

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.2 Operations planning

Shackle Designation

(L) x (W) x (H) in m

Weight in kg

Shackle

0.61 x 0.25 x 0.25

46

Designation

(L) x (W) x (H) in m

Weight in kg

Complete sheaves package

0.40 x 0.36 x 0.20

21

30.01.2020

Sheaves package

7-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.2 Operations planning

7.2.3

Identification

G H

Risk of accidents when using an incorrect heavy load lattice extension!

Install only the heavy load lattice extension that belongs to the truck crane.

No other heavy load lattice extensions may be installed.

If the heavy load lattice extension is to be used on several truck cranes, the heavy load lattice extension must be adapted to the truck crane and marked with the corresponding serial numbers. Only have this modification carried out by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer.

30.01.2020

The truck crane and the corresponding section 6 must be labelled with the same serial number (1).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7-5

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.2 Operations planning

30.01.2020

Blank page

7-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.3 Transport conditions

7.3

Transport conditions

7.3.1

Transport conditions – Notes on checking A correctly established transport condition is important for several operations.

– For safe rigging – For safe transport – For safe main boom operation

• Make sure that the corresponding transport condition is always established for the current operation.

• Always check the transport condition if you are requested to do so according to a checklist.

• Always check the transport condition before driving the truck crane with folded heavy load lattice extension.

• Always check the transport condition before using the main boom with folded heavy load lattice extension.

• Always check the transport condition before transporting the removed heavy load lattice extension with a separate vehicle.

• Observe the safety instructions in this section.

G

Risk of accidents during installing/removing and when rigging!

If a checklist refers to the inspection of the transport condition, it is assumed that all connections have been established as specified for the corresponding transport condition.

Make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before dealing with the next checklist item.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down or swinging and hitting or crushing you.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7-7

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.3 Transport conditions

Risk of injury!

Before transport, ensure that all cables and pins are securely fastened safely for transport in the clamps and cannot come loose during driving. Additionally fasten the cables if necessary.

This prevents the sections from falling down while driving and injuring or even killing persons.

Risk of damage to the heavy load lattice extension and main boom!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded heavy load lattice extension or main boom operation.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from hitting the main boom.

Risk of damage to the heavy load lattice extension!

Always secure the heavy load lattice extension for transport on a separate vehicle by tying it down with suitable belts. This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from tipping over and becoming damaged during transport.

30.01.2020

G G S S

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded heavy load lattice extension or main boom operation.

This prevents the sections of the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or even killing persons.

7-8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.3 Transport conditions

7.3.2

Transport condition – Folded • Follow the notes on checking the transport conditions; à p. 7 - 7.

Cables secured

2

Pins secured in the clamp

3

Connections established

4

Rope attachment point folded in

5

Shackle folded in

6

Angle set to 0

7

Chain hoist removed

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

à p. 7 - 56 à p. 7 - 57 à p. 7 - 59 à p. 7 - 17 à p. 7 - 43 à p. 7 - 54 à p. 7 - 60 à p. 7 - 61 à p. 7 - 63

30.01.2020

1

7-9

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.3 Transport conditions

7.3.3

Transport condition – Removed • Follow the notes on checking the transport conditions; à p. 7 - 7.

1

Pins secured in the clamp

2

Cables secured

3

Pins secured in the clamp

4

Rope attachment point folded in

5

Shackle folded in

6

Angle set to 0

7

Chain hoist attached and tensioned Loose chains strapped down

à p. 7 - 17 à p. 7 - 56 à p. 7 - 57 à p. 7 - 59 à p. 7 - 44 à p. 7 - 54 à p. 7 - 60 à p. 7 - 61 à p. 7 - 61

Securing against falling down and slipping 30.01.2020

The heavy load lattice extension is strapped to the separate vehicle.

7 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4

Checklists for rigging work

7.4.1

Symbols Symbols in images Symbol

7.4.2

Meaning

1

Establish connection

2

Remove connection

3

Check

Overview – Installation and removal These operations have to be performed when the lattice extension is transported separately. Installation and removal of the lattice extension are described.

– Rigging Rigging must be performed when the lattice extension is transported on the truck crane. Changing between the transport position and the operating position is described.

The table shows which checklist is applicable to any required rigging work.

Required rigging work Installing the heavy load lattice extension

– in operating position

Removing the heavy load lattice extension

– from operating position

Rigging the heavy load lattice extension

– in operating position

– in transport position

– from transport position

à p. 7 - 12 à p. 7 - 17 à p. 7 - 19 à p. 7 - 23 à p. 7 - 25 à p. 7 - 29

30.01.2020

– in transport position

Checklist

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 11

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.3

CHECKLIST: Installation – in operating position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 7 - 10.

3. Install the sheaves package or shackle required, according to the planned operation; Installing/removing the air traffic control light, p. 7 - 37, Installing/removing the shackle, p. 7 - 39.

4. Sling the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 7 - 5 Dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 3 Slinging points, p. 7 - 33 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope, p. 7 - 34

à à à à

7 - 12

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

à à

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

5. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – Establishing the connections; p. 7 - 41.

à

6. – Remove the guide rope.

– Remove the sling gear

7. If the necessary angle has already been set – Remove the chain hoist;

à p. 7 - 63.

– With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

8. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 13

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

9. For setting the angle using a hoist rope – Position the hoist rope – On the deflection sheave;

à p. 7 - 51.

– Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope – On the head sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

10. With an installed sheaves package – For operation with an even number of lines – Fold out the rope attachment p. 7 - 54. point;

à

à

Possible reeving methods, p. 7 - 52.

Reeve the hoist rope; Notes on reeving, p. 7 - 52 Possible reeving methods, p. 7 - 52

à à

à p. 7 - 55.

30.01.2020

– Install the lifting limit switch and lifting limit switch weight;

7 - 14

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

11. With installed shackle – Fold out the shackle;

à p. 7 - 60.

– Roll the hoist rope onto the drum or reeve it onto the main boom.

– Switch off the hoists.

12. Install the anemometer and air traffic control light;

13. Install the camera;

à p. 7 - 57.

à p. 7 - 58.

14. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

à p. 7 - 65.

30.01.2020

15. Enter and confirm the current rigging mode;

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 15

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

7 - 16

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.4

CHECKLIST: Installation – in transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Ensure that the transport condition is established;

3. Remove the chain hoist;

à p. 7 - 10.

à p. 7 - 63.

4. If necessary, install the sheaves package or shackle; Installing/removing the air traffic control light, p. 7 - 37, Installing/removing the shackle, p. 7 - 39.

à à

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 17

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

5. Sling the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 7 - 5 Dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 3 Slinging points, p. 7 - 33 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope, p. 7 - 34

à à à à

6. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – Establish the connections; p. 7 - 43

à

30.01.2020

7. Remove the guide rope and the lifting gear.

7 - 18

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.5

CHECKLIST: Removal – From the operating position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

3. Remove the camera;

à p. 7 - 57.

à p. 7 - 58.

4. With an installed sheaves package – Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;

à p. 7 - 56.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 19

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

– Unreeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

5. Fold in the rope attachment point;

à p. 7 - 54

6. If the angle has already been set to 0° With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

7. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope;

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 7 - 51.

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope – From the head sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

7 - 20

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

8. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

– With an installed shackle – Position the hoist rope – On the deflection sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 7 - 61.

– Remove the hoist rope – From the deflection sheave;

à p. 7 - 51.

9. With installed shackle Fold in the shackle;

à p. 7 - 60.

10. Sling the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 7 - 5 Dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 3 Slinging points, p. 7 - 33 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope, p. 7 - 34

à à à à

11. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – Remove the connections; p. 7 - 41.

30.01.2020

à

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 21

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

12. – Lift the heavy load lattice extension and set it aside.

– Remove the guide rope.

– Remove the sling gear.

à p. 7 - 10.

30.01.2020

13. Check the transport condition;

7 - 22

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.6

CHECKLIST: Removal – From transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 7 - 9.

3. Sling the heavy load lattice extension and fasten a guide rope.

Identification, p. 7 - 5 Dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 3 Slinging points, p. 7 - 33 Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope, p. 7 - 34

à à à à

4. Main boom / heavy load lattice extension – Remove the connections; p. 7 - 43.

à

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 23

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

5. – Lift the heavy load lattice extension and set it aside.

– Remove the guide rope.

– Remove the sling gear.

à p. 7 - 10.

30.01.2020

6. Check the transport condition;

7 - 24

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.7

CHECKLIST: Rigging – In operating position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 7 - 9.

3. Secure the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope;

à p. 7 - 34.

4. Move the heavy load lattice extension into the operating position; p. 7 - 45.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

s

7 - 25

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the guide rope.

6. Install the sheaves package or shackle required, according to the planned operation; Installing/removing the air traffic control light, p. 7 - 37, Installing/removing the shackle, p. 7 - 39.

à à

7. If the necessary angle has already been set With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

8. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

9. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

à p. 7 - 51.

30.01.2020

– Position the hoist rope – On the deflection sheave;

7 - 26

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

– Set the required angle according to the planned operation;

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Position the hoist rope – On the head sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

10. With an installed sheaves package – For operation with an even number of lines – Fold out the rope attachment p. 7 - 54. point;

à

à

Reeve the hoist rope; Possible reeving methods, p. 7 - 52.

Notes on reeving, p. 7 - 52 Possible reeving methods, p. 7 - 52

à à

– Install the lifting limit switch and lifting limit switch weight;

à p. 7 - 55.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 27

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

11. With installed shackle – Fold out the shackle;

à p. 7 - 60.

– Roll the hoist rope onto the drum or reeve it onto the main boom.

– Switch off the hoists.

12. Install the anemometer and air traffic control light;

13. Install the camera;

à p. 7 - 57.

à p. 7 - 58.

14. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if necessary; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

à p. 7 - 65.

30.01.2020

15. Enter and confirm the current rigging mode;

7 - 28

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

7.4.8

CHECKLIST: Rigging – in transport position

H

This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying operating instructions which are indicated by cross-references.

Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prepare the truck crane for rigging;

à p. 7 - 35.

2. Remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

3. Remove the camera;

à p. 7 - 57.

à p. 7 - 58.

4. With an installed sheaves package – Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;

à p. 7 - 56.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 29

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

– Unreeve the hoist rope;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

5. Fold in the rope attachment point;

à p. 7 - 54

6. If the angle has already been set to 0° – With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope;

à p. 7 - 51.

7. For setting the angle using a chain hoist – With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope;

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 7 - 51.

à p. 7 - 61.

– With an installed sheaves package – Remove the hoist rope – From the head sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

7 - 30

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

8. For setting the angle using a hoist rope

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

– With an installed shackle – Position the hoist rope – On the deflection sheave; p. 7 - 51.

à

– Set the angle to 0°;

à p. 7 - 61.

– Remove the hoist rope – From the deflection sheave;

à p. 7 - 51.

9. With installed shackle Fold in the shackle;

à p. 7 - 60.

10. Secure the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope;

à p. 7 - 34.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 31

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.4 Checklists for rigging work

11. Move the heavy load lattice extension into the transport position; p. 7 - 48.

à

12. Remove the guide rope.

à p. 7 - 9.

30.01.2020

13. Check the transport condition;

7 - 32

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.5 Rigging work – General information

7.5

Rigging work – General information

7.5.1

Slinging points

G

Risk of accidents if used improperly!

Attach parts only at the designated slinging points. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

Heavy load lattice extension Heavy load lattice extension The slinging points (1) are marked with stickers (2).

The sticker (3) provides specifications on the weight and on slinging.

Sheaves package

• Sling the sheaves package at the middle sheave.

Shackle

30.01.2020

• Fasten the sling gear directly to the shackle.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 33

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.5 Rigging work – General information

7.5.2

G

Securing the heavy load lattice extension with the guide rope Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!

Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you disconnect the required connections.

A helper must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot swing unintentionally when the necessary connections are separated.

Fastening the guide rope

• Fasten the guide rope to the rod (1).

(A) – With an installed sheaves package

30.01.2020

(B) – With an installed shackle

7 - 34

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.5 Rigging work – General information

7.5.3

Preparing the truck crane • Make sure that the following prerequisites listed here are met before starting rigging work.

– The truck crane is supported on outriggers.

– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be rigged; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– The superstructure is turned to the side or to the rear.

– The main boom must be fully retracted.

– All telescopic sections have been set down and locked.

– The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section VI. This fastens the position at which the holders were set on the main boom for the heavy load lattice extension.

– The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

30.01.2020

– An auxiliary crane with sufficient load bearing capacity is available for installation and removal.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 35

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.5 Rigging work – General information

30.01.2020

Blank page

7 - 36

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.6 Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode

7.6

Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode

7.6.1

Installing/removing the air traffic control light Swing the heavy load lattice extension in front of the main boom or perform the work with the heavy load lattice extension set down.

In the transport position, the area (1) cannot be accessed safely and falling parts can damage the driver's cab.

Installing

• If necessary, remove the shackle; à p. 7 - 39.

• Sling the sheaves package; à p. 7 - 33.

• Remove the rods (4).

• Remove the pins (1) and pull the axle (2) out of the connecting points (3).

• Align the sheaves package so that the connecting points (3) are aligned.

• Insert the axle (2) into the connecting points (3).

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

• Insert the rods (4) and secure them.

• Remove the lifting gear.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 37

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.6 Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode

Removal

G

You must remove the sheaves package for operation with the shackle.

Risk of injury due to falling sheaves package!

Always secure the sheaves package prior to removal. This will prevent the sheaves package from falling and causing injury to you or other persons when the axle is pulled out.

• Sling the sheaves package; à p. 7 - 33.

• Remove the rods (4).

• Remove the pins (1) and pull the axle (2) out of the connecting points (3).

• Lift the sheaves package out.

• Insert the axle (2) into the connecting points (3).

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

30.01.2020

• Insert the rods (4) and secure them.

7 - 38

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.6 Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode

7.6.2

Installing/removing the shackle Swing the heavy load lattice extension in front of the main boom or perform the work with the heavy load lattice extension set down.

In the transport position, the clearance (1) is too small and the shackle would damage the driver's cab during installation or removal.

Installing

• If necessary, remove the sheaves package; à p. 7 - 37.

• Sling the shackle; à p. 7 - 33.

• Remove the rods (4).

• Remove the pins (1) and pull the axle (2) out of the connecting points (3).

• Align the shackle so that the connecting points (3) are aligned.

• Insert the axle (2) into the connecting points (3).

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

• Fold the shackle down and remove the lifting gear.

• Insert the rods (4) and secure them.

It may be necessary to fold in the shackle; p. 7 - 60.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

s 7 - 39

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.6 Rigging work – Conversion according to the operating mode

Removal

G

You must remove the shackle for operation with the sheaves package.

Risk of injury due to falling shackle!

Always secure the shackle prior to removal. This will prevent the shackle from falling and causing injury to you or other persons when the axle is pulled out.

• Remove the rods (4).

• Sling the shackle; à p. 7 - 33.

• Turn the shackle upwards.

• Remove the pins (1) and pull the axle (2) out of the connecting points (3).

• Lift the shackle out.

• Insert the axle (2) into the connecting points (3).

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

30.01.2020

• Insert the rods (4) and secure them.

7 - 40

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.7 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

7.7

Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

7.7.1

Installing/removing – Operating position

S G G

Risk of damage due to requirements not being met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Ensure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Establishing

• Align the connecting points (1).

• Remove the pins (2) from the clamps (3) and insert them into the connecting points (1).

• Secure the pins.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 41

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.7 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

Disconnecting

• Make sure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pins (2) from the connecting points (1) and insert them into the clamps (3).

30.01.2020

• Secure the pins.

7 - 42

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.7 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

7.7.2

S G G

Installing/removing – Transport position Risk of damage due to requirements not being met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Ensure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Establishing

• Remove the pins (1) and (3) from the connecting points (2) and (4).

• Lift the heavy load lattice extension on to the main boom at the side.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 43

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.7 Rigging work – Establishing / separating connections

• (A) – Align the connecting point (4).

• Fit the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and secure it.

• (B) – Align the connecting point (2).

• Fit the pin (1) into the connecting point (2) and secure it.

Disconnecting

• Make sure that the heavy load lattice extension is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings.

• Remove the pins (1) and (3) from the connecting points (2) and (4).

• Lift the heavy load lattice extension off the main boom and set it aside.

• Fit the pin (1) into the connecting point (2) and secure it.

• Fit the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and

30.01.2020

secure it.

7 - 44

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

7.8

Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

7.8.1

From transport position to operating position

S G

Risk of damage due to requirements not being met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2).

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom head until the connecting points (7) are aligned.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 45

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• Remove the pins (6) from the clamps (5).

• Insert the pins (6) into the connecting points (7) and secure them.

• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2).

G

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Always first establish a connection to the main boom head before separating the connection to the basic section.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from having no connection with the main boom and falling down.

• Remove the pin (3) from the connecting point (4).

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension in front

30.01.2020

of the main boom head until the connecting points (1) are aligned.

7 - 46

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• Remove the pins (2) from the clamps (5).

• Insert the pins (2) into the connecting points (1) and secure them.

• Fit the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and

30.01.2020

secure it.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 47

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

7.8.2

S G

From the operating position to the transport position Risk of damage due to requirements not being met!

This section only describes one part of the rigging process. Only start this rigging work after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Remove the pin (3) from the connecting point (4).

• Remove the pins (2) from the connecting points (1) – On the right side only.

• Insert the pins (2) into the clamps (5) and

30.01.2020

secure them.

7 - 48

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

S

Risk of damage to the driver's cab Make sure that an angle of 0° is set before swinging the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom. This prevents the driver's cab from being damaged.

• Swing the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom until the connecting point (4) is aligned.

• Fit the pin (3) into the connecting point (4) and secure it.

G

Risk of accidents due to the heavy load lattice extension falling down!

Always first establish a connection to the basic section before separating the connection to the main boom head.

This prevents the heavy load lattice extension from having no connection with the main boom and falling down.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting point (2).

• Remove the pins (6) from the connecting points (7).

• Insert the pins (6) into the clamps (5) and secure them.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 49

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.8 Rigging work – Changing the position of the heavy load lattice extension

• (A) – Swing the heavy load lattice extension onto the main boom until the connecting point (2) is aligned.

• (B) – Insert the pin (1) in the connecting

30.01.2020

point (2) and secure it.

7 - 50

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9

Further rigging work

7.9.1

Fitting / removing the hoist rope

G

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Secure the securing elements (rods/sheaves) of the hoist rope with retaining pins.

This prevents elements from coming loose or falling and causing injuries.

Fitting – Deflection sheave

• Remove the rod (1).

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheave (2).

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Fitting – Head sheave

• Remove the rod (4).

• Guide the hoist rope over the head sheave (3).

• Insert the rod (4) and secure it.

Removing – Head sheave

• Remove the rod (4).

• Remove the hoist rope from the head sheave (3).

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Removing – Deflection sheave

• Remove the rod (2).

• Remove the hoist rope from the deflection sheave (2).

30.01.2020

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 51

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.2

Notes on reeving With an even number of falls Fasten the hoist rope to the rope attachment point (1); à Folding the rope attachment point out/in, p. 7 - 54.

For 3-fall reeving and greater

• Remove the rod (1).

• Reeve the hoist rope.

• Insert the rod (1) and secure it.

Reeve the hoist rope;

7.9.3

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Possible reeving methods 3 sheave hook block Reeving 6-fall

B

5-fall

C

4-fall

D

3-fall

30.01.2020

A

7 - 52

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

1 sheave hook block Reeving A

3-fall

B

2-fall

C

1-fall

Hook tackle Reeving 1-fall

30.01.2020

A

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 53

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.4

S

Folding the rope attachment point out/in Risk of damage when the rope attachment point is folded out!

Always fold the rope attachment point in for transport and for operation with an odd number of lines. This prevents the rope attachment point from being damaged or the rope attachment point and hoist rope from being damaged during operation.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the rope attachment point (3) tight and remove the rod (2).

• (B) – Fold the rope attachment point (3) downwards.

• Insert the rod (2) into the connecting points (1) and secure it.

Folding in

• (A) – Remove the rod (2).

• (B) – Fold the rope attachment point (3) up.

• Secure the rope attachment point – insert the

30.01.2020

rod (2) into the connecting points (1) and secure it.

7 - 54

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.5

Installing/removing the lifting limit switch

Installing

If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit switch belonging to the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended must be overridden; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) in the socket (1).

• Lay the cable so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Plug the lifting limit switch (6) onto the clamp (5).

• Secure the lifting limit switch.

• Wind up the cable (3) far enough onto the clamp (4) so that it does not sag down.

• Insert the plug (2) in the socket (1).

• Install the lifting limit switch weight (7) and lay it around the hoist rope; à Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 55

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

Removal

• Pull the plug (2) from the socket (1) and seal it with the cap.

• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (7);

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Seal the socket (1) with the cap.

• Remove the lifting limit switch (6) from the clamp (5).

• Fasten the retaining pin on the lifting limit switch.

• Stow the lifting limit switch safely for transport,

à Operating

30.01.2020

or install it on the main boom; manual GMK3060L.

7 - 56

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.6

S

Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light Risk of damage during on-road driving and operation in workshops!

Always remove the anemometer and air traffic control light before on-road driving and operation in workshops/halls.

This prevents the specified overall height from being exceeded at on-road level, and the anemometer from being damaged due to unfavourable air currents or collision with the hall ceiling.

You must install the anemometer on the main boom for operation with the heavy load lattice extension.

You must remove the anemometer for transport and operation in a hall.

Installation and removal are performed in the same way as for main boom Operating manual GMK3060L operation;

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 57

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.7

Installing/removing the camera Operating the camera;

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

Installing

• Insert the camera (2) into the clamp (1) and secure it.

• Insert the plug (3) in the socket (4).

• Lay the cable (5) so that it will not be damaged during crane operation.

• Remove the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) in the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be damaged

30.01.2020

during crane operation.

7 - 58

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

Removal

• Remove the plug (3) from the socket (4) and seal the socket with the cap.

• Remove the camera (2) from the clamp (1) and insert the retaining pin into the clamp.

• Stow the camera so that it is not damaged.

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and seal the socket with the cap.

30.01.2020

• Fasten the cable (3) to the clamp (4).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 59

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.9 Further rigging work

7.9.8

Folding the shackle in/out You must always fold in the shackle before swinging the heavy load lattice extension into the transport position or before setting the main boom down on the boom rest.

When the shackle is folded out, the clearance (1) is too small and the shackle would damage the driver's cab.

Folding in the shackle

• Remove the rod from the bores (1).

• Fold the shackle to the rear and insert the rod into the bores (2).

• Secure the rod.

Folding out the shackle

• Lift the shackle and remove the rod from the bores (2).

• Fold the shackle downwards.

30.01.2020

• Secure the rod in the bores (1).

7 - 60

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.10 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

7.10

Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

Prerequisites

– When rigging / installing / removing Only start inclining after all the required, previous rigging work has already been carried out according to the checklist used.

– For operation with heavy load lattice extension If operation with the heavy load lattice extension is interrupted, then you must meet the requirements listed before you incline the heavy load lattice extension.

– The truck crane is in a rigging mode for operation with heavy load lattice extension – According to the lifting capacity table.

– The superstructure is turned to the side or to the rear.

– The main boom must be fully retracted.

– All telescopic sections have been set down and locked.

– The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– The hoist rope is unreeved and removed from the head sheave if the angle is to be set using the hoist rope.

Preparations For setting the angle using a chain hoist

• Attach the chain hoist (3) to the slinging points (1) and (2).

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 61

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.10 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

For setting the angle using a hoist rope

• Fasten the pocket lock (1) to the connecting point (2).

Setting the angle

S

Risk of damage when setting the angle!

Raise and lower the heavy load lattice extension only slowly and carefully and do not pull the heavy load lattice extension against the stop. This prevents damage to the rope sheaves, hoist rope or sections of the heavy load lattice extension.

• Lift up the heavy load lattice extension slightly to relieve the pin (1).

• Remove the pin (1), insert it into the bore hole (3) and secure it.

• Derrick the heavy load lattice extension so that you can insert the pin (1) into the bore for the desired angle.

– 0° angle – Bore (2) – 27° angle – Bore (4)

30.01.2020

• Insert the pin (1) and secure it.

7 - 62

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.10 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

After setting the angle After setting the angle using a hoist rope

• Relieve the load on the pocket lock (1) back and remove it from the connecting point (2)

After setting the angle using a chain hoist The 0° or 27° angle has been set.

• Relieve the load on the chain hoist (3).

• Remove the chain hoist from the slinging points (1) and (2).

30.01.2020

S

Risk of damage during crane operation!

Always remove the chain hoist before starting crane operation.

This prevents overloading of the chain hoist and prevents damage resulting from a collision between chain hoist parts and the crane.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 63

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.10 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension

30.01.2020

Blank page

7 - 64

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

7.11

Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the main boom.

This section only contains information that you will need for a rigged or folded heavy load lattice extension.

7.11.1

Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged heavy load lattice extension.

Use either the corresponding RCL code (2) in accordance with the lifting capacity table (1) or via individual components (3).

If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then you must also additionally enter the length (1) and the angle (2) of the heavy load lattice extension.

• Enter the current reeving on the heavy load lattice extension for the hoist whose hoist rope is reeved on the heavy load lattice extension at the RCL.

30.01.2020

• Confirm the entry.

H

The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections are locked.

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 65

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

Shutdown

Operation with the heavy load lattice extension is monitored by the RCL. When operating with the heavy load lattice extension, RCL shutdowns may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capacity table.

– During operation with the heavy load lattice extension If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation If a heavy load lattice extension is installed, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the heavy load lattice extension (4) and – the weight of the hook block (3) at the heavy load lattice extension.

à

30.01.2020

H

The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning specifying the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about operating with the heavy load lattice extension.

7 - 66

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

7.11.2

G

Derricking the main boom Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into the horizontal position.

If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible operating range.

The prerequisites for permitting raising and lowering of the main boom with a rigged heavy load lattice extension over a slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further information on the permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in the lifting capacity table; Rigging tables – heavy load lattice extension.

à

Note that the hook block or load can hit the heavy load lattice extension or the main boom when using large boom angles, 0° angle and short lifting gear.

The RCL switches off the raising of the boom when the minimum permissible working radius has been reached.

7.11.3

S

Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension Risk of overloading the main boom!

If you are telescoping the main boom with the rigged heavy load lattice extension, you must not simultaneously slew the superstructure.

This prevents the main boom from being overloaded by additional lateral forces and increased vibration.

Telescoping of the main boom with a rigged heavy load lattice extension (in the operating position) is monitored by the RCL. Telescoping is only enabled at specific main boom and lattice extension angles when a maximum permissible load is not exceeded. Further information on the permissible angles and the maximum permissible load is provided in the lifting capacity tables. This also provides information on the telescoping paths for rigging the heavy load lattice extension; Rigging tables – heavy load lattice extension.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 67

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

7.11.4

Checking the wind speed Strong winds can result in the truck crane becoming overloaded.

• Be sure to follow the notes on checking the wind speed; à Lifting capacity table, à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check that the current wind speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

The display (1) shows the current wind speed.

The maximum permissible wind speed (2) or the reduced wind speed (3) specified in the lifting capacity table applies to the confirmed rigging mode.

The display (1) flashes in colour in the vicinity of the maximum permissible value vmax (2) or (3).

– Yellow: about 90 - 100% of vmax reached – Red:

vmax exceeded

If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded.

• Immediately stop crane operation.

• Bring the truck crane into the rigging mode specified in the lifting capacity table for the current wind speed.

30.01.2020

G

Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!

If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind speed, stop crane operation immediately and establish an appropriate rigging mode.

This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

7 - 68

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

7.11.5

Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is installed In transport position During main boom operation with a folded heavy load lattice extension, the loads specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced and displayed on the maximum load RCL display.

H

The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning specifying the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about operating with the heavy load lattice extension.

à

In operating position You must enter an RCL code for the main boom without a heavy load lattice extension in order to operate in this mode. This operating mode is only permissible under certain specific rigging modes.

More information on the permissible rigging modes is provided in the lifting Remarks on operating with the heavy load lattice extension. capacity tables;

à

The lifting capacities specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced for main boom operation with rigged heavy load lattice extension. The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning specifying the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; Remarks about operating with the heavy load lattice extension.

à

The RCL display does not display the reduced values correctly.

This means that the displayed value can deviate from the value that was previously calculated during operations planning.

If this is the case, the RCL is not faulty. Do not override the RCL. Even if the displayed value is higher than the calculated value.

30.01.2020

G

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Do not under any circumstances override the RCL. If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible operating range.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 69

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.11 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with hoist rope

7.11.6

Instructions for turning loads over

30.01.2020

à Turning loads over, p. 9 - 1.

7 - 70

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

7.12

Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle • Switch off the hoists to secure them against unintentional use – The displays (1) must be red.

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the main boom.

This section only contains additional information that you will need for a rigged heavy load lattice extension with a shackle.

7.12.1

Setting the RCL The tables in the lifting capacity tables applicable for operation with a shackle are labelled with the letter T. A In the table of contents B In the headers of the tables

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged heavy load lattice extension and shackle.

Use either the corresponding RCL code (2) in accordance with the lifting capacity table (1) or via individual components (3).

If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then you must also additionally enter the length (1) and the angle (2) of the heavy load lattice extension.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 71

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

• Confirm the entry.

H Shutdown

The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections are locked.

Operation with the heavy load lattice extension is monitored by the RCL. When operating with the heavy load lattice extension, RCL shutdowns may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capacity table.

– During operation with the heavy load lattice extension If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation If a heavy load lattice extension (4) is installed, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the heavy load lattice extension (4) and – The weight of shackle (4).

à Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is

30.01.2020

installed, p. 7 - 69

7 - 72

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

7.12.2

Derricking the main boom The derricking gear is operated in the same way as in main boom operation.

G Lifting the load

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Never override the RCL when derricking.

If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible operating range.

Lifting a load by derricking or telescoping is expressly prohibited in the Operating instructions supplied. Operation of the heavy load lattice extension with a shackle is a special case in which lifting of the load is only enabled under specific conditions.

Prerequisites – The current rigging mode with heavy load lattice extension and a shackle is confirmed.

– The main boom is at a telescope status that is enabled according to the lifting capacity table corresponding to the displayed RCL code.

– The load to be lifted does not exceed the displayed maximum load.

An RCL shutdown due to overload occurs when the system detects that the load is too heavy when raising the boom – The lamps (1) light up.

• In this case, stop raising the boom immediately.

Raising of the boom is shut down automatically in the system with Version A RCL override.

G

Risk of overturning when raising the boom after shutdown!

Stop raising the boom immediately. If an automatic shutdown occurs when raising the boom, then never use an RCL override to enable raising of the boom or higher degree of utilisation (these functions are only provided for rigging without a raised load).

The crane will be overloaded if you continue raising the boom.

If the load cannot be detached from the shackle because the lifting gear is tensioned then you must lower the boom in order to leave the shutdown range.

With Version A override you must bypass the RCL shutdown for this. Only use the In an emergency override type; Operating manual GMK3060L. Lower the boom only once after overriding, in order to set the load down or relieve the tension on the lifting gear.

à

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 73

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

Derricking

Lowering the boom to a horizontal position is enabled within the operating ranges of the lifting capacity tables for operation with a shackle. Observe the information in the Lifting capacity table provided.

30.01.2020

Note that the load (1) can hit the heavy load lattice extension (2) when using large boom angles, 0° angle and short lifting gear.

7 - 74

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

7.12.3

Telescoping the main boom The telescoping mechanism is operated in the same way as in main boom operation.

There are no separate lifting capacity tables for telescoping lengths and intermediate lengths. Telescoping is performed using a confirmed RCL code for operation with a shackle at fixed lengths.

Telescoping is only enabled for the telescoping distances specified in the lifting capacity table.

Telescoping without a load The specified loads (3) are enabled for all displayed telescoping distances in the angle ranges (1) and (2).

Telescoping with a load Over the telescoping distances specified with the arrows (4), below the main boom angle (1), the loads specified in the lifting capacity tables for fixed lengths when operating with a shackle are enabled. The maximum telescoping position is 50/50/50/50/50 in this case.

G

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Never override the RCL when telescoping.

If the RCL is overridden, crane operation is not monitored and the truck crane will overturn if it moves outside the permissible operating range.

When telescoping, the maximum permissible load is continuously calculated and shown on the display (1).

30.01.2020

The maximum permissible load reduces when telescoping out. An RCL shutdown occurs when the value corresponds to the current load.

In this case, you can only leave the shutdown range by retracting.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 75

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.12 Heavy load lattice extension – Operation with a shackle

7.12.4

Other applicable sections When operating with the shackle, additionally observe the instructions in the sections specified here.

à Information about main boom operation when the heavy load lattice extension is installed, p. 7 - 69

30.01.2020

à Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension, p. 7 - 67 à Checking the wind speed, p. 7 - 68

7 - 76

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.13 Maintenance

7.13

Maintenance

H 7.13.1

If the heavy load lattice extension has been in storage for an extended period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next used.

M 1 maintenance plan

M1

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION: Monthly/after about 100 oper. hrs.

à p. 7 - 78

– Lubricating the pins

7.13.2

M 3 maintenance plan

M3

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION: Every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.

à p. 7 - 79

– Checking the sheaves

7.13.3

M 12 maintenance plan

M 12

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION: Annually/after about 1000 oper. hrs.

à p. 7 - 80

30.01.2020

– Lubricate the shackle

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 77

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.13 Maintenance

7.13.4

Lubricating the pins

Grease

1)

Prerequisite

M1

Grease 1)

Designation As per DIN 51502

Specification Classification

GROVE Part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The heavy load lattice extension is removed.

Lubrication

30.01.2020

• Lubricate the pins (1).

7 - 78

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.13 Maintenance

7.13.5

Checking the sheaves

Prerequisite

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

M3

à

or – The heavy load lattice extension is removed.

Check

• Check the sheaves (1) and (2) for damage, wear, mobility and heavy soiling.

30.01.2020

Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair crew.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

7 - 79

7 Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m 7.13 Maintenance

7.13.6

Lubricate the shackle

Grease

1)

Prerequisite

M 12

Grease 1)

Designation As per DIN 51502

Specification Classification

GROVE Part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The heavy load lattice extension or the shackle is removed.

Lubrication

30.01.2020

• Clean all lubricating nipples (1) and lubricate them with a grease gun.

7 - 80

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.1 Operations planning

8

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.1

Operations planning

8.1.1

Permissible combinations

Y

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

approx. 0.5 m

Dimensions and weights

Section

Length x width x height in m

Weight in kg

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top

1.10 x 0.55 x 0.40

55

30.01.2020

8.1.2

Designation

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8-1

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.1 Operations planning

8.1.3

G

Identification Risk of accidents when using an incorrect auxiliary single-sheave boom top!

Install only an auxiliary single-sheave boom top that belongs to the truck crane.

No other auxiliary single-sheave boom tops may be installed.

30.01.2020

The truck crane and the corresponding auxiliary single-sheave boom top must be labelled with the same serial number (1).

8-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.2 Transport conditions

8.2

Transport conditions

8.2.1

Transport conditions – Instructions for checking A correctly established transport condition is important for several operations.

– For safe rigging – For safe transport – For safe main boom operation

• Make sure that the corresponding transport condition is always established for the current operation.

• Always check the transport condition before driving the truck crane with folded auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

• Always check the transport condition before using the main boom with folded auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

• Always check the transport condition before transporting the removed auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a separate vehicle.

• Observe the safety instructions in this section.

G G

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded auxiliary single-sheave boom top or main boom operation.

That prevents the sections of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top from falling down and injuring or even killing persons.

Risk of injury if the pins are not secured!

Before transport, ensure that all pins are securely fastened in the clamps and cannot come loose during driving.

That prevents the sections from falling down while driving and injuring or even killing persons.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8-3

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.2 Transport conditions

Risk of damage to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top!

Always secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top by tying it down with suitable belts during transportation on a separate vehicle. This prevents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top tipping over and becoming damaged during transport.

30.01.2020

S S

Risk of damage to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top and main boom!

Always make sure that the corresponding transport condition has been established before driving the truck crane with a folded auxiliary single-sheave boom top or main boom operation.

This prevents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top from hitting the main boom.

8-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.2 Transport conditions

8.2.2

Transport condition – Folded • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 8 - 3.

• Ensure that the transport condition is established.

Pin secured in the clamp

2

Connections established

3

Lifting limit switch weight removed

4

Lifting limit switch removed

à p. 8 - 16 à p. 8 - 12 à p. 8 - 20 à p. 8 - 20

30.01.2020

1

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8-5

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.2 Transport conditions

8.2.3

Transport condition – Removed • Follow the instructions for checking the transport conditions; à p. 8 - 3.

• Ensure that the transport condition is established.

1

Pin secured in the clamp

2

Lifting limit switch weight removed

3

Lifting limit switch removed

à p. 8 - 16 à p. 8 - 20 à p. 8 - 20

Securing against falling down and slipping

30.01.2020

The auxiliary single-sheave boom top is tied on to the separate vehicle.

8-6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.3 Rigging work – General information

8.3

Rigging work – General information

8.3.1

Slinging points

G

Risk of accidents if used improperly!

Only fit slings to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top at the slinging points provided. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

The slinging point (1) is marked with a sticker (2).

30.01.2020

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and on slinging.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8-7

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.3 Rigging work – General information

8.3.2

G

Securing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with guide rope Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!

Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you disconnect the required connections.

An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot swing unexpectedly.

Fastening the guide rope

30.01.2020

• Fasten the guide rope to the rod (1).

8-8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

8.4

Rigging work – Installing/removing

8.4.1

In working position

G G

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top falling!

Ensure that the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

That prevents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Installing

• Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 8 - 6.

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top to an auxiliary crane;

à p. 8 - 7.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Take the pin (1) out of the connecting point (2).

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8-9

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

• Align the connection points (2).

• Plug the pin (1) into the connecting points (2) and secure it.

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top in front of the main boom.

• Remove the pins (3) from the clamps (4) and insert them into the connecting points (5).

• Secure the pins.

• Remove the lifting gear.

• Remove the guide rope.

Removing

• Remove the hoist rope; à p. 8 - 17.

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight and the lifting limit switch;

à p. 8 - 19.

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top to an auxiliary crane;

à p. 8 - 7.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Remove the pins (3) from the connecting points (5) and insert them into the clamps (4).

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting

30.01.2020

points (2).

8 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top off the main boom and set it aside.

• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2) and secure it.

• Remove the lifting gear.

• Remove the guide rope.

30.01.2020

• Check the transport condition.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 11

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

8.4.2

G G

In transport position Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

Risk of accidents due to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top falling!

Ensure that the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is attached to an auxiliary crane with slings or attached to the main boom before separating the connections.

That prevents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top from falling down and injuring or killing you or other persons.

Installing

• Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 8 - 6.

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top to an auxiliary crane;

à p. 8 - 7.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Remove the pins (1) and (3) from the connecting points (2) and (4).

• Align the connection points (3).

• Plug the pin (4) into the connecting points (3) and secure it.

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top on to the main boom until the connecting points (2) are aligned.

• Plug the pin (1) into the connecting points (2) and secure it.

• Remove the guide rope.

8 - 12

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

• Remove the lifting gear.

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

Removing

• Remove the hoist rope; à p. 8 - 17.

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight and the lifting limit switch;

à p. 8 - 19.

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top to an auxiliary crane;

à p. 8 - 7.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Remove the pins (1) and (4) from the connecting points (2) and (3).

• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top off the main boom and set it aside.

• Insert the pins (1) and (4) into the connecting points (2) and (3). Secure the pins.

• Remove the lifting gear.

• Remove the guide rope.

30.01.2020

• Check the transport condition.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 13

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.4 Rigging work – Installing/removing

30.01.2020

Blank page

8 - 14

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.5 Rigging work – Changing the position of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.5

Rigging work – Changing the position of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.5.1

From transport position to working position

G

Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Ensure that the transport condition is established;

à p. 8 - 6.

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top to an auxiliary crane;

à p. 8 - 7.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting points (2).

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top in front of the main boom until the connecting points (5) are aligned.

• Remove the pins (3) from the clamps (4) and insert them into the connecting points (5).

• Secure the pins.

• Remove the lifting gear.

30.01.2020

• Remove the guide rope.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 15

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.5 Rigging work – Changing the position of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.5.2

G

From the working position to the transport position Risk of accidents due to swinging sections!

Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before establishing or separating connections.

This prevents you from being caught or crushed by sections.

• Remove the hoist rope; à p. 8 - 17.

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight and the lifting limit switch;

à p. 8 - 19.

• Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top with a guide rope;

à p. 8 - 8.

• Remove the pins (3) from the connecting points (5) and insert them into the clamps (4).

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting points (2).

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top on to the main boom at the side.

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top on to the main boom until the connecting points (2) are aligned.

• Plug the pin (1) into the connecting points (2) and secure it.

30.01.2020

• Remove the guide rope.

8 - 16

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

8.6

Further rigging work

8.6.1

Fitting / removing the hoist rope

G

Risk of accidents due to falling parts!

Secure the securing elements (rods/sheaves) of the hoist rope with retaining pins.

This prevents elements from coming loose or falling and causing injuries.

Fitting

• Remove the rods (3).

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheave (1) and the head sheave (2).

• Insert the rods (3) and secure them.

Removing

• Remove the rods (3).

• Remove the hoist rope from the head sheave (2) and the deflection sheave (1).

30.01.2020

• Insert the rods (3) and secure them.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 17

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

8.6.2

Possible reeving methods 1-sheave hook block Reeving A 1-sheave

Hook tackle Reeving

30.01.2020

B 1-sheave

8 - 18

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

8.6.3

Installing/removing the lifting limit switch

Installing

If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit switch belonging to the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended must be overridden; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– After separate transport (recommended)

• Fit the lifting limit switch (4) on the clamp (5) and secure it.

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

– After transport on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (7).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (3) so that it is not damaged during crane operation.

• Install the lifting limit switch weight (6) and lay it around the hoist rope; à Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 19

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

Removing

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (3);

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Seal the socket (1) and plug (2) with the caps.

– For separate transport (recommended)

• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the clamp (3).

– For transport on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

30.01.2020

• Wind the cable (1) on to the clamp (2).

8 - 20

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

8.6.4

S

Installing/removing the anemometer and air traffic control light Risk of damage during on-road driving and operation in workshops!

Always remove the anemometer and air traffic control light before on-road driving and operation in workshops.

This prevents the specified overall height from being exceeded at on-road level, and the anemometer from being damaged due to unfavourable air currents or collision with the workshop ceiling.

You must install the anemometer for operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

You must remove the anemometer for transport and operation in a workshop.

Installation and removal are performed in the same way as for main boom Operating manual GMK3060L. operation;

à

8.6.5

Installing/removing the camera You can mount the camera on the main boom for operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

For transport you must remove the camera.

Installation and removal of the camera are performed in the same way as for main Operating manual GMK3060L. boom operation;

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 21

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.6 Further rigging work

30.01.2020

Blank page

8 - 22

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.7 Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.7

Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the main boom.

This section only contains information that you will need for a rigged or folded auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

8.7.1

Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with the rigged main boom.

Use either the corresponding RCL code (2) in accordance with the lifting capacity table (1) or via individual components (3).

• Enter the current reeving method at the auxiliary single-sheave boom top at the RCL for the hoist whose hoist rope is reeved to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

• Confirm the entry.

30.01.2020

s

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 23

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.7 Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top

Shutdown

Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is monitored by the RCL. When operating with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top, RCL shutdowns may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads are lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capacity table.

– During operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3) and – the weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

– During main boom operation If the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4) is installed, then the displayed current load (1) is influenced by – the weight of the lifted load (2) and – the weight of the hook block (3) and

30.01.2020

– the weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

8 - 24

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.7 Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.7.2

Checking the wind speed Strong winds can result in the truck crane becoming overloaded.

• Make sure to follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;

à Lifting capacity table, à Operating manual GMK3060L.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

The display (1) shows the current wind speed.

The maximum permissible wind speed (2) or the reduced wind speed (3) specified in the lifting capacity table applies to the confirmed rigging mode.

The display (1) flashes in colour in the vicinity of the maximum permissible value vmax (2) or (3).

– Yellow: about 90 - 100% of vmax reached – Red:

vmax exceeded

If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded.

• Immediately stop crane operation.

• Bring the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind speed in the lifting capacity table.

30.01.2020

G

Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!

If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind speed, stop crane operation immediately and establish an appropriate rigging mode.

This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 25

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.7 Operation with auxiliary single-sheave boom top

8.7.3

Instructions for turning loads over

30.01.2020

à Turning loads over, p. 9 - 1.

8 - 26

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.8 Maintenance

8.8

Maintenance

H 8.8.1

If the auxiliary single-sheave boom top has been in storage for an extended period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next used.

Maintenance plan M 1

M1

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP: monthly/after about 100 oper. hrs.

à p. 8 - 28

– Lubricating the pins

8.8.2

Maintenance plan M 3

M3

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP: every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.

à p. 8 - 29

30.01.2020

– Checking the sheaves

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 27

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.8 Maintenance

8.8.3

Lubricating the pins

Grease

1)

Prerequisite

M1

Grease 1)

Designation as per DIN 51502

Specifications Classification

GROVE part no.1)

Grease

KP - 1K - 50

DIN 51825

03233369

à Maintenance manual

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

à

or – The auxiliary single-sheave boom top is removed.

Lubrication

30.01.2020

• Lubricate the pins (1).

8 - 28

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.8 Maintenance

8.8.4

Checking the sheaves

Prerequisite

– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use; Maintenance manual.

M3

à

or – The auxiliary single-sheave boom top is removed.

Check

• Check the sheave (1) for damage, wear, mobility and heavy soiling.

• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled

30.01.2020

sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair crew.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

8 - 29

8 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 8.8 Maintenance

30.01.2020

Blank page

8 - 30

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

9 Turning loads over

9

Turning loads over Turning loads over is permitted only using – Swing-away lattice, – Heavy load lattice extension, – Auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

G Prerequisites

Risk of accidents due to incorrect procedure!

Before turning loads, observe all the prerequisites specified in this section and proceed exactly as described. This way, you avoid accidents due to overload.

– The main hoist rope must be reeved on the main boom.

– The auxiliary hoist rope must be reeved on the lattice extension.

30.01.2020

– The main hoist rope must be reeved with at least the same number of lines as the auxiliary hoist rope.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

9-1

9 Turning loads over 9.1 Setting the RCL

9.1

Setting the RCL

Entering the reeving

Before lifting the load, you must enter the number of currently reeved lines for both hoists at the RCL, so that the data is immediately available should you subsequently wish to switch over to the main hoist after turning the load over.

Main hoist

• Select the symbol (1) and confirm your selection.

• Select the currently reeved number of lines, for example 3.

• Confirm the entry.

Auxiliary hoist

• Select the symbol (2) and confirm your entry.

• Select the currently reeved number of lines, for example 2.

• Confirm the entry.

Switching over to the auxiliary hoist

The load must first be lifted using the auxiliary hoist.

Turning a load over requires the use of both hoists simultaneously.

The RCL always uses the reeving data for the first hoist to be switched on.

• Switch off both hoists – symbols (1) and (2) turn red.

• Switch on the auxiliary hoist – symbol (2) turns green.

• Switch on the main hoist – symbol (1) turns green.

• Enter the RCL code that corresponds to the current rigging mode according to the lifting capacity table for the rigged lattice extension.

30.01.2020

The RCL now takes into account: – the reeving for the auxiliary hoist and – the lifting capacity tables for the lattice extension.

9-2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

9 Turning loads over 9.2 Turning a load over

9.2

Turning a load over

H

Before turning a load over, check that this procedure is in accordance with the regulations in the country in which you are working.

• Check that all the prerequisites have been met;

à Prerequisites, p. 9 - 1.

• Check if the RCL is correctly set;

à Prerequisites, p. 9 - 1.

G

Risk of accidents due to overloading!

Make sure that the RCL is set for operation with the lattice extension during the entire procedure and move the load only at minimum speed.

That prevents the crane from being overloaded.

H

Once the load is suspended on two hooks, there will be slight deviations on the Current load display. However, these deviations are on the safe side with regard to an RCL shutdown.

Turning a load over is performed the same way, regardless of which of the permitted lattice extensions is used. In this section the figure shows a lattice extension, which is used to symbolically represent all the other options.

• (A) – Lift the load completely with the lattice extension.

• (B) – Sling the load additionally at the main boom.

• (C) – Lift the load with the main hoist until both the slinging points are at the same height.

• (D) – Lower the load with the auxiliary hoist until the load is completely suspended from the main hoist rope.

• Detach the auxiliary hoist rope from the load.

30.01.2020

s Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

9-3

9 Turning loads over 9.2 Turning a load over

Switching over to the main hoist • Switch off the auxiliary hoist – the RCL now uses the reeving data for the main hoist.

• After the load has been set down, enter the RCL code for to the boom system

30.01.2020

that will be used for the next lifting operation.

9-4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.1 Safety instructions

10

Driving with a rigged crane

10.1

Safety instructions

Risk of overturning by slewing the superstructure!

When driving with the truck crane rigged, the slewing gear must be switched off – the slewing gear brake must be engaged.

Risk of accidents when driving with a lifted load!

Driving the truck crane with a load lifted is prohibited. Always set down the load prior to driving the truck crane and secure the hook block so it cannot swing.

Risk of overturning when driving the rigged truck crane!

Driving with a rigged truck crane is an operating mode that must be carried out with the utmost care. Be sure to always observe all specifications and safety instructions in the operating manual GMK3060L provided.

30.01.2020

G G G G

Risk of accidents due to partially obstructed view of the truck crane!

When driving the truck crane, always stay in visual or radio contact with a banksman who can observe the parts you are unable to see, for example, the erected main boom in the 0° to the rear position.

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 1

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.1 Safety instructions

30.01.2020

Blank page

10 - 2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.2 Driving distance

10.2

Driving distance The driving distance must be level. Uneven surfaces cannot be compensated for with the level adjustment system.

The entire driving distance must be level. The rigging modes and axle loads specified in this chapter are only valid for driving distances that are without sloping ground in longitudinal and lateral directions.

The ground must be stable enough to bear the axle loads.

30.01.2020

If the surface pressure of the tyres exceeds the permissible load on the ground, the surface area of the tyres must be increased by packing stable material (e.g. wooden planks).

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 3

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

10.3

Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

Notes

Depending on the rigged counterweight and lattice extension, you must move the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into certain positions so that the permissible axle loads are not exceeded.

S

Risk of damage to the axle lines!

Move the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the specified positions only. This prevents excessive strain on the axle lines.

• Enter the RCL code for the actual rigging mode and actual outrigger span of the truck crane in accordance with the lifting capacity table.

G

Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!

Always enter the RCL code for the current rigging mode. All specified positions are within the monitored working ranges.

If the RCL is overridden, the truck crane may overturn even if you move it into the positions specified.

• Move the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the position specified for the rigged counterweight in the following table.

• Tie down the hook block so that it cannot swing around.

Notes on the tables

à

Note on the specified angle ranges The specified maximum axle load is only reached at the limits of the listed angle range for the main boom, e.g. at 20° or 70°. If the maximum axle load is reached at the front, it will be below the maximum value at the rear and vice versa.

The axle loads are below the specified maximum axle loads within the listed angle range.

30.01.2020

H

All axle loads specified apply to 445/95 R 25 (16.00 R25) tyres on steel rims. In the case of different tyres, the axle load changes by double the weight difference of a Operating manual GMK3060L, section Technical data, Spare wheel. wheel;

10 - 4

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

Symbols in the headers of the tables The symbols in the headers of the tables are used in this chapter. The RCL displays are shown for the truck crane’s rigging mode.

The table gives an overview of the meaning.

Symbol

Meaning Rigged counterweight

Required telescope status – for telescopic sections I to VI

Angle range for the main boom in which the specified maximum axle loads are not exceeded

Angle range for the lattice extension in which the specified maximum axle loads are not exceeded

Required slewing angle 0°

– Superstructure rotated to the rear

180°

– Superstructure rotated to the front

Maximum axle load – for the specified rigging mode – on the 1st axle line - on each 2nd and 3nd axle line

30.01.2020

1 2

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 5

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

10.3.1

Swing-away lattice

Swing-away lattice 8.7 m

All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 1-sheave hook block, weight 210 kg or 3-sheave hook block, weight 360 kg.

in t 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5) 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5

in %

in °

in °

in °

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 75

50-0-0-0-0-0

Max. in t

1

2

180°

16.0

14.5

0 - 40

0°

18.5

13.5

40 - 75

0 - 40

180°

19.0

15.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

18.0

13.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

18.0

15.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

19.0

13.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

17.5

16.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

20.0

13.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 65

0 - 40

180°

17.0

16.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

19.5

15.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 65

0 - 40

180°

16.5

16.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

20.5

15.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 60

0 - 40

180°

16.0

16.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

21.5

15.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 60

0 - 40

180°

15.0

17.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 65

0 - 40

0°

21.0

15.5

30.01.2020

à Notes on the tables, p. 10 - 4

10 - 6

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

Swing-away lattice 15.0 m

in t 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5

All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 1-sheave hook block, weight 210 kg or 3-sheave hook block, weight 360 kg.

in %

in °

in °

in °

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 75

0 - 40

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 75

0-0-0-0-0-50

Max. in t

1

2

180°

18.0

15.0

0 - 40

0°

18.5

15.0

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

17.5

15.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 75

0 - 40

0°

19.5

15.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

17.0

15.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

18.5

15.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

19.5

15.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

19.5

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

180°

19.0

16.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

20.5

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 65

0 - 40

180°

18.5

16.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

20.0

16.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 60

0 - 40

180°

18.0

16.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

21.0

16.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 60

0 - 40

180°

17.0

17.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

40 - 70

0 - 40

0°

22.0

16.5

30.01.2020

à Notes on the tables, p. 10 - 4

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 7

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

10.3.2

Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight 210 kg or 3-sheave hook block, weight 360 kg.

in t 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5

in %

in °

in °

in °

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 70

0 - 40

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 70

0-0-0-0-0-50

Max. in t

1

2

180°

17.5

14.5

0 - 40

0°

17.5

14.5

5 - 65

0 - 40

0°

17.0

14.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 70

0 - 40

180°

18.5

14.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 65

0 - 40

0°

16.0

15.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 65

0 - 40

180°

18.5

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 65

0 - 40

0°

20.0

15.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 65

0 - 40

180°

19.5

14.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 65

0 - 40

0°

19.5

16.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 65

0 - 40

180°

20.5

14.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 60

0 - 40

0°

18.5

16.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 60

0 - 40

180°

20.5

14.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 60

0 - 40

0°

18.0

17.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 60

0 - 40

180°

21.5

14.0

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 55

0 - 40

0°

17.5

17.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 55

0 - 40

180°

21.0

14.0

30.01.2020

à Notes on the tables, p. 10 - 4

10 - 8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

10.3.3

Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight 210 kg or 3-sheave hook block, weight 360 kg.

in t 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5

in %

in °

in °

in °

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0-0-0-0-0-50

Max. in t

1

2

180°

17.5

12.5

0 - 27

0°

14.0

14.5

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

17.0

13.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

15.0

14.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

16.5

14.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

16.0

14.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

15.5

15.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

17.0

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

19.5

14.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

18.0

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

19.0

15.5

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

19.0

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

18.5

16.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

20.0

14.5

50-0-0-0-0-0

5 - 54

0 - 27

0°

17.5

17.0

0-0-0-0-0-50

5 - 54

0 - 27

180°

21.0

14.5

30.01.2020

à Notes on the tables, p. 10 - 4

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 9

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads

10.3.4

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top • When driving with a rigged auxiliary single-sheave boom top, proceed in the same way as for driving with a rigged truck crane; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

10 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.4 Before driving

10.4

Before driving • Before driving you must perform all steps described here in succession, while also observing all specifications and safety instructions in the corresponding sections of the operating manual provided; Operating manual GMK3060L.

à

– Secure the superstructure against slewing – Check the tyre pressures and wind speed – Set the truck crane on the wheels – Select the driving direction and switch on the separate steering (transmission/connections)

10.5

While driving The same specifications, restrictions and safety instructions applying to driving a rigged truck crane without a rigged lattice extension also apply to driving a rigged truck crane with a rigged lattice extension.

For safety reasons, the outrigger beams should remain extended according to the available space. The outrigger pads must not touch the ground while driving the crane.

• Observe all specifications and safety instructions in the corresponding sections of the operating manual provided;

10.6

à Operating manual GMK3060L.

After driving • After driving you must perform the same steps as those required after driving a rigged truck crane without a rigged lattice extension. When doing this you must also observe all specifications and safety instructions in the corresponding section of the operating manual provided; Operating manual GMK3060L.

30.01.2020

à

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

10 - 11

10 Driving with a rigged crane 10.6 After driving

30.01.2020

Blank page

10 - 12

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

11 Index

Index

30.01.2020

11

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

11 - 1

11 Index

30.01.2020

Blank page

11 - 2

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

11 Index

A

Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 Description of the rigging work Changing the position from the transport position to the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15 from the working position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16 General information Securing with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7 Installing/removing in transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12 in working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 9 Hoist rope Fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17 Reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 18 Installing/removing sections Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21 Anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21 Lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 19 Maintenance Maintenance plans and maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27 Operation Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 26 Permissible wind speed exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 25 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23 Operations planning Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2 Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 Transport conditions Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 5 Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3 Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 6

D

Driving with a rigged crane Driving After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11 While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11 Rigging modes and axle loads Auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10 Information on the tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 6 Driving with rigged crane Driving Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11 Driving distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

11 - 3

H

11 - 4

Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m Checklists Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11 Description of the rigging work Changing the position from the operating position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 48 from the transport position to the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 45 Establishing/separating the connection When installing/removing In operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 41 In transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 43 Folding the rope attachment point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 54 General information Securing with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 34 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 33 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61 Preparing the truck crane for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35 General operation Main boom operation with heavy load lattice extension installed . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69 Permissible wind speed exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 68 Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 67 Hoist rope Fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 51 Reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 52 Installing/removing sections Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 57 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 58 Lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 55 Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 39 Sheaves package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 37 Maintenance Maintenance plans and maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 77 Operation with a shackle Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71 Operation with hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65 Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 67 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 70 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65 Operation with shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71 Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 73 Telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75 Operations planning Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5 Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3 Transport conditions Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9 Note on checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7 Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

11 Index

30.01.2020

11 Index

Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m Checklists Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7 Description of the rigging work Changing the position from the transport position to the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37 from the working position to the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 40 Establishing/separating the connection When installing/removing In transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35 In working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33 Folding the rope attachment point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 45 General information Securing with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 29 Inclining the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 51 Preparing the truck crane for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31 Hoist rope Fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43 Reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 44 Installing/removing sections Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 48 Anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 48 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 49 Lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 46 Maintenance Maintenance plans and maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 61 Operation Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 57 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 60 Main boom operation with heavy load lattice extension installed . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 59 Permissible wind speed exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 58 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 55 Telescoping with a rigged heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 57 Operations planning Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2 Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 Transport conditions Folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5 Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3 Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6 Hose drum Dimensions and weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2 Hydraulic connections Position for main boom operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8 Position for working with the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8 Installing/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3 Locking device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

11 - 5

11 - 6

I

Identification Heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3

O

Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 CCS control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3 In the crane cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2 On the derricking swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 Operating manual Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

R

Reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension 1.8 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 52 on the heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 44 on the swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 95

S

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 Swing-away lattice Checklists Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20 Symbols and their representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19 Description of the rigging work Derricking the swing-away lattice Control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 104 Hand-held control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 103 Electrical connections Establishing/separating Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88 Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87 Establishing/separating connections Folded Main boom / section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69 Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 64, 5 - 68, 5 - 73 Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69, 5 - 74 Slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 63 Folded down Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 70, 5 - 75 Installing/removing Main boom / section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 71 Main boom / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65 Section 1 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76 Slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 67 Overview of the rigging ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 62 Relieving connecting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

30.01.2020

11 Index

11 Index

Establishing/separating hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60 General information Securing with the guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 59 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 57 Hoist rope Fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93 Reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 95 Inclining the swing-away lattice with auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 105 without auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 106 Installing/removing parts Air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 98 Anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 98 Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 100 Lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 96 Preparing the truck crane for rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 61 Swinging Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 83 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 81 Maintenance Maintenance plans and maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121 Operation Derricking Main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116 Main boom operation with swing-away lattice installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 119 Permissible wind speed exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 118 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 113 Telescoping with a rigged swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115 Operations planning Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3 Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 Transport conditions Folded Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18 Swing-away lattice 15.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 9 Instructions for checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 5 Removed Main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16

30.01.2020

T

Troubleshooting Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 65 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126 Turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L

3 302 997 en

11 - 7

11 Index

30.01.2020

Blank page

11 - 8

3 302 997 en

Lattice extension operating manual GMK3060L